Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 135

Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We wish to express our appreciation to our advisors; Ato Mebrahtom G. and Ato Abdulaziz O.
who have assisted in the project progress by suggesting relevant information, ideas how to
design building structures. We have received a great deal of assistance, encouragement from
their consulting.

And we want to thank Ato Berhane T/haimanot, he helps us by providing the drawing (plan) of
our project. Finally our appreciation goes to Ato Ashenafi W/mariam who was helping us by
allowing using his computer & encouraging us to work hard.

24 June 2008 I
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

ABSTRACT
This project deals about the structural analysis and design of a G+4 building considering all the
external and external effects according to EBCS, 1995. It has 9 chapters and the contents and the
duties accomplished in each chapter are explained below.

The first chapter deals about the general introduction of the basic structural components of a
building, slab analysis & design approaches, and the main objective of the project including lay
out of the report. In the second chapter discuss the literature review on the two method of slab
analysis (i.e. coefficient & strip method). The third chapter deals about Wind load analysis and
design on roofs and flat slabs. The external wind pressure coming from different directions
were collected and transferred to frames according to EBCS, 1995.We divided the roof of the
building into two parts and each of its truss members made of timber were designed for resisting
axial forces. The fourth chapter focuses on the analysis and design of slabs using coefficient and
strip methods of slab analysis. The slabs including two-way, one-way and special slabs which are
treated as cantilever beam. The depths of all the slabs are made the same for construction
simplicity and reinforcement of each is determined using EBCS2, 1995. Earth quake analysis is
also in this chapter and stair case is designed in the fifth chapter. Frames; beam &column are
analyzed and designed in the sixth chapter. Finally the last two chapters, chapter 7 & 8 deals
about foundation design and cost comparison respectively as well as conclusion recommendation
are given at the end of the report.

24 June 2008 II
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT............................................................................................................. I
ABSTRACT...................................................................................................................................II
Chapter 1 ....................................................................................................................................... 1
INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................................... 1
1.0 General....................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Basic structural components.................................................................................... 2
1.2 Slab design and analysis approaches ...................................................................... 3
1.3 Objective of the project ............................................................................................ 3
1.4 Lay out of the report................................................................................................. 4
Chapter 2 ....................................................................................................................................... 5
LITERATURE REVIEW ........................................................................................................ 5
2.0 Coefficient method of slab analysis ......................................................................... 5
2.1 Strip method of slab analysis ................................................................................... 5
Chapter 3 ....................................................................................................................................... 7
WIND LOAD ANALYSIS AND DESIGN ............................................................................. 7
3.0 Roof analysis and design .......................................................................................... 7
3.1 Purline design .......................................................................................................... 18
3.2 Truss Analysis and Design ..................................................................................... 21
3.3 Design of truss members ........................................................................................ 24
Chapter 4 ..................................................................................................................................... 26
SLAB ANALYSIS AND DESIGN......................................................................................... 26
4.0 Slab design using coefficient method analysis ...................................................... 26
4.1 Design of slab using strip method of analysis....................................................... 42
4.2 Load transfer to frames.......................................................................................... 52
4.2.1 Vertical loads................................................................................................... 52
4.2.2 Horizontal loads (Earthquake) ...................................................................... 54
Chapter 5 ..................................................................................................................................... 77
STAIR CASE DSIGEN .......................................................................................................... 77
Chapter 6 ..................................................................................................................................... 82
FRAME ANALYSIS AND DESIGN....................................................................................... 82
6.0 Beam Analysis and Design ..................................................................................... 82
6.0.1 Beam design and analysis for flexure............................................................ 82
6.0.2 Shear Reinforcement ...................................................................................... 93
6.1 Column Analysis and design .................................................................................. 96
6.1.1 Determination of the effective length ............................................................ 97
6.1.2 Check for sway mode.................................................................................... 100
6.1.3 Check slenderness ratio................................................................................ 102
6.1.4 Determination of the total eccentricity ....................................................... 103
6.1.5 Transverse bars for columns........................................................................ 110
6.1.6 Lap length for columns................................................................................. 110
Chapter 7 ................................................................................................................................... 119
FOUNDATION DESIGN..................................................................................................... 119
7.0 Proportioning of Footing...................................................................................... 119
7.1 Depth of footing determination ............................................................................. 122

24 June 2008 III


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

7.2 Reinforcement ........................................................................................................ 124


Chapter 8 ................................................................................................................................... 126
COST COMPARISON......................................................................................................... 126
BIBLIOGRAPHY ..................................................................................................................... 128

24 June 2008 IV
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Chapter 1
INTRODUCTION

1.0 General
The primary aim of all structural design is to insure that the structure will performs satisfactorily
during its design life. Specifically, the design must check that the structure is capable of carrying
the loads safely and that it will not deform excessively due to the applied loads. This requires the
designer to make realistic estimates of the strengths of the materials composing the structure and
the loading to which it may be subjected during its design life. Further more, the designer will
need a basic understanding of structural behavior. The designer must make an assessment of the
future likely level of loading, including self-weight, to which the structure may be subjected
during its design life. Using computer methods or hand calculations the design loads acting on
individual elements can be then be evaluated. The design loads are used to calculate the bending
moments, shear forces and deflections at critical points along the elements. Finally, suitable
dimensions for the element can be determined.

Building structure is a structure which is composed of both structural and non-structural


elements. The primary purpose of structural members is to build up and maintains its shape
under a considerable load action to have adequate stability strength and stiffness. Not only safety
but it also fulfills the requirement of serviceability as well as it should be economical. Regarding
safety it requires that the strength of the structure should be adequate for all the loads which are
reasonably considered.

When we come to the serviceability, it requires that all kinds of loads likely to occur during use,
everything should be satisfactory, for example excessive deflection should be adequately small;
vibration should be within the tolerable limit, the maximum width of crack also should not be
greater than the specified limit etc. The structure also should be economical keeping its safety
against to collapse.

Generally; the building structure to serve its purpose, it must be safe against collapse,
economical to user and gives its serviceability in use (functional)
24 June 2008 1
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

1.1 Basic structural components


All structures are composed of a number of inter connected elements such as; slabs, beams,
columns, walls and foundations. Collectively, they enable the internal and external loads acting
on the structure to be safely transmitted down to the ground. The actual way that this is achieved
is difficult to model and many simplifying, but conservative assumptions have to be made. The
structural components can be classified as; Super- Structure and Sub-Structure
Super structure is a structural component above ground level and its main components in
ordinary building are; the connections (point elements) or joint, the linear members of beams &
columns and surface elements such as slabs.

I. Joints: the connection of every building component could be in b/n beam & column,
column & ground or beam with roof etc…
II. Beams: are structural elements carrying external loads that causes bending moments,
shear forces and torsion moments along their length. The beams can be; singly or doubly
reinforced, and simply supported, fixed or continuous. The structural detail of such
beams must resist bending, diagonal tension, shear and torsion, and must be such as to
transmit forces through a bond with out causing internal cracks. The detailer must be
able to optimize the behavior of the beams under load.
III. Columns: are vertical members which transfer the load from beam to foundation,
usually under compression and they are classified as short, long columns and slender
columns. Long columns are liable to buckle under axial loads.
IV. Slabs: Slab is a two dimensional structural member, it also called a surface element
which transfers the loads to the beams or column in case of flat slab. The type of slab is
depends on support condition, arrangement and load transfer mechanism etc. Slabs may
be simply supported or continuous over one or more supports and are classified
according to the method of supports as follows; spanning one-way b/n beams or walls,
spanning two-way b/n the support beams or walls and flat slabs carried on columns and
edge beams or walls or with no interior beams. Slabs may be solid of uniform thickness
or ribbed with ribs running in one or two directions.
V. Foundation: is the part of the structure that is usually placed below the surface of the
ground and that transmits the load to the underlying soil or rock. All soils compress
noticeably when loaded and causes the supported structure to settle. The two essential
24 June 2008 2
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

requirements in the design of foundations are that the total settlement of the structure be
limited to a tolerably small amount and the differential settlement of the various parts of the
structure be eliminated as nearly as possible.

1.2 Slab design and analysis approaches


Slab can be analyzed in different methods of analysis, such as:-Coefficient method, Yield line
method and Strip method
Coefficient method: is a method of slab analysis using empirical formula and standards which
are formulated using experimental tests, experiences, etc.
Yield line method: is a powerful procedure of for the design of slabs. It is an ultimate load
method of analysis and design developed by Johansen that is based on plastic yielding of an
under-reinforced concrete slab sections. As the load is increased the slab cracks with the
reinforcement yielding at the points of high moment. As the deflection increases the cracks or
yield lines propagate until the slab is broken into a number of portions at collapse.
Strip method: The strip method of analysis for reinforced concrete slabs was first proposed by
Hillerborg (1956). It was further developed (1959). It is a design method based on lower bound
theory of plasticity approach base on satisfaction of equilibrium requirements every where in the
slab and a moment field is first determined that fulfills equilibrium requirement, after which the
reinforcement in the slab at each point is designed for this moment.

The task of the structural engineer is to design a structure which satisfies the needs of the client
and the user. Specifically the structure should be safe, economical to build and maintain and
aesthetically pleasing. Design in civil and structural engineering is entire planning process for a
new building structure from out line concepts and feasibility studies through mathematical
calculation to working drawing which could show every last nut and bolt in the project. There
are many in puts in to the engineering design process; Client brief, site investigation, economical
factors, experience, model and laboratory tests, environmental factors and imagination.

1.3 Objective of the project


The main objective of this senior project is to be more familiarizing with analysis and design of
structural building using coefficient method as well as strip method of slab analysis and

24 June 2008 3
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

comparing the cost of structural elements based on concrete work, reinforcement and formwork
for these methods.

1.4 Lay out of the report


This senor project is prepared in fulfillment for the B.Sc. in civil engineering. The project is a
structural design of G+4 building by strip method and coefficient method of analysis and design
of slab which is a residential purpose to be constructed in Mekelle.

The structural design is including; design of roof, design of slab, design of structural frame,
design of beam and column, design of foundation and Bill of quantity for cost comparison. Limit
state design method has been adopted for the whole components. Ethiopia building code of
standards EBCS-1, EBCS-2, EBCS-7, and EBCS-8 are referred for the design of the building.

The roof truss, slab and frame are analyzed using SAP2000 v 9.0 for different combination of
loads. The working drawing with detail for slab, beam, column, and footing also prepared finally
bill of quantity for concrete work, reinforcement bars and form work of both method and by
using this bill of quantity, by compare and give recommendation the project will ended.

24 June 2008 4
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Chapter 2
LITERATURE REVIEW

2.0 Coefficient method of slab analysis


Various design tables which has been in use over approximately the past decades are listed
below. Many of these tables are still in use. They are all based on the limit of ultimate strength.
Taylor, S.R., Hayes, B. and Mohamedbhai, G.T.G states that the coefficients represented are
derived from the yield line theory and apply to the full width of the of slab. It is recommended
that the loading use should be the design load which is factored load. It is also suggest that
although in theory the full width of the slab should be used. In practice only a middle strip of the
slab might be reinforced in accordance with the moment produced from these coefficients and
similarly for the length of the slab and edge strip is reinforced using minimum area of steel.

Thakkar, M.C and Rao, J.K.S; justify that the average moment distribution per unit width of
the slab is derived from uniform orthotropic reinforcement through out the whole width of the
slab. That is, the slab analysis is by Hillerborg’s strip method and then the average of moments
for all strips along each edge is taken and this value is the moment per meter width quoted by
tables.

2.1 Strip method of slab analysis


The yield line method of slab analysis was an upper bound approach to determine the flexural
strength of slabs. An upper bound analysis, if in error, will be so on the unsafe side. The actual
carrying capacity will be less than, or at best equal to, the capacity predicted, which is certainly a
cause for concern in design. Also, when applying the yield line method, it is necessary to assume
that the distribution of reinforcement is known over the whole slab; it is used for design only in
an iterative sense, for calculating the capacities of trial design with varying reinforcement until a
satisfactory arrangement is found. These motivate Hillerborg to develop the strip method for
slab design, his first results being published in Swedish in 1956. In contrast to yield line analysis,
it is a lower bound approach. If a distribution of moment can be found that satisfies both
equilibrium and boundary conditions for a given external loading, and if the yield moment

24 June 2008 5
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

capacity of the slab is nowhere exceeded, then the given external loading will represent a lower
bound of the carrying capacity.

The strip method gives results on the safe side, and the needed reinforcement can be calculated,
leading the designer to economical arrangement of steel, as well as safe design. Generally, it is
simple to use, even for slabs with whole or irregular boundaries.

Hillerborg set basic principles for edge supported slabs and introduced the expression “strip
method”, in his first original work in1956. He later expanded the method to include the practical
design of slabs on columns and L-shaped or in the simplest possible way to produce safe
designs for most of the slabs that he will meet in practice, including slabs that are irregular in
plan or that carry uneven distributed loads. The strip method encourages the use of strong bands
of steel where needed, such as around openings or over columns, improving economy and
reducing the likelihood of cracking or large deflections under service load.

24 June 2008 6
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Chapter 3
WIND LOAD ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

The effect of wind on structures is significant on light and dynamic structures. It does have
considerable effect on vertically standing walls, columns and beams etc. there fore; its effect can
be easily studied on roof structures such as truss structures and flat slabs. Therefore, our analysis
on wind load actions and its design will focus on roofs analysis and design and calculation of
wind forces on flat slabs.

Method of Analysis
There are two methods for wind load analysis, namely, the quasi-static method and detailed
dynamic analysis. The former is applied to structures whose structural properties do not make
them susceptible to dynamic exaltation. The latter is applied to structures which are likely to be
susceptible to dynamic excitation. The choice of the above two methods depends on the value of
the structure of their dynamic coefficient he dynamic coefficient depends on the type of
structure, the height of the structure and its breadth.

The quasi-static method is used for structures whose Cd value is less or equal to 1.2. For our
case the building variables are; Height of building =20.1m and Width of building = 14.8m, From
figure 3.7 of EBCS-1, 1995, the value of the dynamic coefficient of this building is; Cd = 0.98

that is Cd < 1.2 and height of the building is less than 200m, this implies that the simple

procedure of EBCS (quasi-static) method of analysis the appropriate method. This is used for
wind load analysis and roof design

3.0 Roof analysis and design


The building is located in Mekelle city where there are same buildings around. There fore
according to EBCS-1, 1995 table 3.2 it is terrain category IV (urban areas in which at least 15%
of the surface is covered with building and their average height exceeds 15m).

24 June 2008 7
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

The related parameters; Terrain factor, KT = 0.24 , Min. height Z min (m) = 16 and Roughness

length, Z o (m) = 1 .

Since the building is located in Mekelle city and the altitude above sea level of Mekelle city is
2001m there fore according to EBCS-1. 1995 table 3.1 the value of air density ( ρ ) = 0.94Kg/m3.
From the different types of roof, we select a mono pitch roof with a pitch angle 15º. There are
two direction of wind on the roof; Wind perpendicular (normal) to the ridge ( θ = 0o ) and Wind
parallel to the ridge ( θ = 90o ).

A. For Roof-1
1. Wind perpendicular (normal) to the parapet (θ=0º)

Fig.3.1 Plan for Roof -1

Wind pressure
There are two type of wind pressure; External wind pressure & Internal wind pressure
a. External wind pressure (We): The wind pressure acting on the external surfaces of a
structure we shall be obtained from, We = qref Ce ( Z e )C pe …… from EBCS-1, 1995 section 3.5.2,

Where: qref = reference mean wind velocity pressure

Ce ( Z e ) = exposure coefficient

Z= reference height defined in appendix A of EBCS-1, 1995

24 June 2008 8
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

C pe = External pressure coefficient


2
Reference wind pressure, qref the Vref pressure and will be determined from
2
qref = 0.5r Vref where: r = air density & Vref = reference wind velocity

Reference wind pressure: It shall be determined for: Vref = CDIRCTEMPC ALTVref ,0

Where; CDIR = direction factor to be taken as 1.0


CTEMP = temporary (seasonal) factor to be taken as 1.0
C ALT = altitude factor as 1.0
Vref ,0 = the basic value of the reference wind velocity to be taken as 22m/sec.

There fore: Vref = 1*1*1*22m/sec. = 22m/sec.

qref =0.5*0.94Kg/m3* (22m/sec.)2=227.5N/m2= 0.2275KN/m2

Exposure coefficient ( Ce ( z ) ); for wind direction perpendicular to the parapets

Where; e=b or 2h, b=crosswind dimension =13m and h=21.65m

Wind direction θ= 00 Fig.3.2 wind perpendicular to the parapet

24 June 2008 9
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Exposure coefficient ( Ce ( z ) )
Wind velocity tends to decrease near the ground level owing to frictional effects beat win the
wind and the ground. The exposure coefficient takes in to account the variation from reference
wind velocity due to the ground roughness, the local topography and height above the ground.
7 kt
Ce ( z ) = Cr2 ( z ) × Ct2 ( z )[1 + ,
Cr ( z )Ct ( z )
] EBCS- 1, 1995 defines the exposure coefficient at height

z meter using the relationship. Where Cr (z ) is the roughness coefficient as it defined in section
3.8.3 of EBCS- 1 and Ct (z ) is the topography coefficient as described in the figures 3.5 and 3.6,

pages 59-60 of EBCS- 1, 1995, kt is the terrain factor as in table 3.2 of EBCS- 1, 1995.

Roughness coefficient ( Cr (z ) ): accounts for the variability of mean wind velocity at the site of
the structure due to the height above the ground level and roughness of the terrain. It is defined
by the logarithmic profile as:
z
Cr ( z ) = kt ln( ) for Cr ( z ) = zmin ≤ z ≤ 200mm , C r ( z ) = Cr ( zmin ) for z ≤ zmin ,
zo

Where zo =1, kt = 0.24 , zmin = 16 from EBCS- 1, 1995 table 3.2 for terrain category -4.

z
Therefore; Cr ( z ) = kt ln( ) because the value of z is, z = 21.65 > zmin = 16
zo

Cr (z ) = 0.24xln (21.65/1) = 0.74


Since our building is not located around hills the value of Ct (z ) =1.0;

Therefore;
7 kt
Ce ( z ) = Cr2 ( z ) × Ct2 ( z )[1 + ] = 0.742x12x (1+ (7x0.24/ 0.74x1)) = 1.79
Cr ( z )Ct ( z )

External pressure coefficients ( C pe )


The coefficient depends on the loaded area of a building and individual parts of a building.
Different zones of the loaded area are subjected to different magnitude the C pe values are;

C pe = 1 for A ≤ 1m2, C pe = 1 + ( C pe , 10- C pe , 1) x log A, for 1m2 < A < 10 m2 and C pe = 10 for

A ≥ 10 m2

24 June 2008 10
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

d=6.2m, b=13m, h=21.65m, and e=b or 2h (which ever is smaller); e=13m

Fig.3.3 zoning area of wind load


Therefore area of each zone will be; F = 3.25X1.3 = 4.23 m2 for 1m2 < A < 10 m2,
G = 6.5X1.3 = 8.45 m2 for 1m2 < A < 10 m2and H = 4.90X 1.3 = 63.7 m2 for, A ≥ 10 m2.
From EBCS- 1, 1995 table A-4 There are two cases where the roof zones are subjected to wind
actions. These are when zones F, G, H are subjected to pressure and suction.

Case – I: when zones F, G, H subjected to suction


From EBCS- 1, 1995 table A.3 the value of C pe , 1 and C pe , 10 for inclination of 150

Pressures
Table – 3.1 External pressure coefficients for each zone

ZONE F G H

Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10

C pe -2 -0.9 -1.5 -0.8 -0.3 -0.3

C pe -1.3 -0.85 -0.3

For pressure +0.2 +0.2 +0.2

We = qref ∗ Ce ( z ) * C pe , We = 0.2275KN/m2 * 1.79 * C pe = 0.41 C pe KN/m2

24 June 2008 11
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

b. Internal wind: The pressure coefficients except the internal pressure coefficients are
similar to the above computation, there fore Wi = qref × Ce ( z )C pi = 0.2275*1.79 C pi = 0.41 C pi ,

From EBCS-1, 1995 section A. 2. 9(6), for closed buildings with internal partitions and opening
windows the extreme values are C pi = 0.8 for internal pressure and C pi = -0.5 for internal

pressure. The net pressure for the roof is given by Wnet = We ± Wi ; the worst case for the roof will

be when the internal wind action is pressure, i.e. When C pi = 0.8

Wnet = We − Wi = 0.41C pe − 0.41C pi = 0.41(C pe − C pi )

Table-3.2 Net pressure for suction case


Zone F G H

C pe -1.3 +0.2 +0.2

C pi -0.5 -0.5 -0.5

C pe - C pi +0.7 +0.7 +0.7

+0.287 +0.287 +0.287


Wnet(KN/m2)

Case –II: when zone F, G, H are subjected to pressure. In this case worst effect will be when
the internal wind action suction. That is when C pi = -0.5

Table -3.3 Net pressure for pressure case


zone F G H

C pe +0.2 +0.2 +0.2

C pi -0.5 -0.5 -0.5

C pe - C pi +0.7 +0.7 +0.7

+0.287 +0.287 +0.287


Wnet(KN/m2)

For wind load calculation we have to choose the greatest wind action from table 2 & 3. The
greatest suction=-0.861 and the greatest pressure=+0.2

2. Wind parallel to the parapet (θ= 90º)


For wind direction parallel to the parapet, the analysis is similar to wind perpendicular to the
parapet. e = b or 2h which ever is smaller:

24 June 2008 12
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

b=cross wind dimension =6.2m, d=13m, h=21.65m and e=6.2m

Wind direction when θ = 900 Fig.3.4 wind direction parallel to the parapet

Area: F = 3.1*0.62 = 1.922m2 for 1 m2<A<10m2, G = 3.1*0.62 = 1.922 m2 for 1 m2<A<10m2,


H = 6.2*2.48 = 15.376 m2 for A>10m2 and I = 9.9*6.2 =61.38 m2 for A > 10m2
b: cross wind dimension, b = 6.2 m, d = 13 m, h = 21.65m, e = 6.2 or 2*21.65, e = 6.2 m
Wind direction θ = 90º
Table-3.4 determination of Net pressure

F G H I
Zone

C pe ,1 C pe ,10 C pe ,1 C pe ,10 C pe ,1 C pe ,10 C pe ,1 C pe ,10

C pe -2 -13 -25 -19 -12 -0.8 -1.2 -0.7


C pe -1.8 -2.33 -0.725 -0.306
C pi +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8
C pe - C pi -2.6 -3.13 -1.525 -1.106

-1.066 -1.283 -0.625 -0.453


Wnet(KN/m2)

24 June 2008 13
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

B) For Roof –2

Fig.3.5 Plan for Roof -2

Wind pressure
The pressure coefficients are the same. qref =0.2275KN/m2 and Ce (z ) =1.79

I. The wind direction is perpendicular to the parapet (θ=0o)

Fig.3.6 wind perpendicular to the parapet


For θ=180o e=15.8m or 2(21.65), e=15.8m
Area; F=3.95*1.58=6.241 m2, G=7.9*1.58=12.482 m2, H=15.58*4.62=72.99 m2,
F=1 m2 <A<10 m2 and H & G=A≥10 m2

24 June 2008 14
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Case –I: when zones FGH subjected to suction

Table -3.5 Net pressure for suction case

Zone F G H
C pe ,1 C pe ,10 C pe ,1 C pe ,10 C pe ,1 C pe ,10
C pe -2 .8 -2.5 -2 -1.3 -1.2 -0.9
C pe -2.56 -1.3 -0.9
C pi +0.8 +0.8 +0.8
C pe - C pi -3.36 -2.1 -1.7

-1.37 -0.861 -0.697


Wnet(KN/m2)

II. The wind direction is parallel to the parapet (θ=90o)


e=b or 2h, e=6.2 or 2 (21.65), e=6.2

Fig.3.7 Wind parallel to the parapet

AREA; G & F=3.1*0.62=1.92m2, I=2.48*6.2 =15.376m2 and H=12.7*6.2= 78.74m2


G & F for 1m2<A<10m2, and I & H for A>10 m2
Table -3.6 Net pressure for pressure case

Zone F G H I

C pe ,1 C pe ,10 C pe ,1 C pe ,10 C pe ,1 C pe ,10 C pe ,1 C pe ,10


C pe -2 -13 -25 -19 -12 -0.8 -1.2 -0.7
C pe -1.8 -2.33 -0.8 -0.7
C pi +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8
C pe - C pi -2.6 -3.13 -1.6 -1.5

Wnet ( KN m 2 ) -1.066 -1.283 -0.656 -0.615


24 June 2008 15
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

From the above computation the wind load for design will be the maximum of suction and
pressure respectively;
Wdesign = 1.37 KN m 2 is uniformly distributed suction and Wdesign = 0.287 KN m 2 is uniformly

distributed pressure

Transfer of wind loads to purlines


The loads consider in the design of purlins are Wind load (suction & pressure), Self weight of the
roof covering (sheet), Self weight of and Live load purline
i) Wind load; Maximum suction=1.37Kn/m2 and Maximum pressure=0.287KN/m2
ii) Self weight of the roof covering, we select USG-30 & thickness=0.0003m
- Unit weight steel=7850Kg/m3 =7850kg/ m3*9.81m/s2=77KN/ m3
-SelfweightforUSG30=unitweight*thickness=77KN/m3*0.0003m=0.023KN/m2

Fig.3.8
iii) Self weight of purline; we select the cross section of the purline =5*7cm2, Wood type is
’TID’ having unit weight =560Kg/m3
=560Kg/m3*9.81m/s2=5.5KN/m3=5. 5KN/m3 *5*7*10-4m2=0.0193KN/m
iv) Live load; according EBCS-3, 1995, For distributed load=0.25KN/m and for concentrated
load =1KN
Load Combination
There are three types of load combination; using purline spacing =0.9m
1) Combination -1
Q1 =0.287KN/m3*0.9m +1.3 (self weight USG-30*purline spacing +self weight of purline) +
distributed load
=0.287 KN/m3*0.9m + 1.3(0.023 KN/m3*0.9m + 0.0193KN/m) +1.6*0.25KN/m =0.71KN/m
2) Combination -2
Q2 =0.287 Kn/m2 *0.9m + 1.3(0.023*0.9 + 0.0193KN/m)
=0.31KN/m with Qk=1.6*1KN=1.6 KN at the mid span of the roof
24 June 2008 16
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

3) Combination-3
Q3 = -1.37 KN/m2 *0.9m *1.3(0.023*0.9+0.0193) = -1.181KN/m
We have two roofs; Roof-1 & Roof-2 with truss spacing 1.3 & 1.4 respectively.
From the above; we choose the critical truss spacing i.e. 1.4m for our purline design.
i) Load Comb-1

Fig.3.9 Diagram for combination 1


Reaction: ∑M A = 0 , RB*1.4-0.71*1.42/2=0, RB=0.994KN
2
Bending moment; M at − midspin = WL =0.71*1.42/8=0.174KNm
8

ii) Load Comb-2

Fig.3.10 Diagram for combination 2


Reaction = (0.31*1.4/2 + 1.6/2)*2=2.034KN
Bending moment =WL2/8 + PL/4 = 0.31*1.42/8 +1.6*1.4/4 =0.636KNm
iii) Load Comb-3

Fig.3.11 Diagram for combination 3


Reaction = (1.181*1.4/2)*2= 3.762KN
Bending = WL2/8 = 1.181*1.42/8 = 0.289KNm

24 June 2008 17
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

There fore; the actions for the design of truss, the loads transferred to truss joints are two;
2.03344KN down ward, 3.762KN upward by taking the intermediate purline.

3.1 Purline design


We select zigba tree for our truss. It is a conifer species of C-27 with the strength characteristics
properties; Strength properties of class C-27, Bending strength f m , k = 27 KN .mm 2 , Compressive

perpendicular to grain, f c ,90, k = 5.6 N mm 2 , Shear parallel to grain, f u , k = 2.8 N mm 2 , Mean

modulus of elasticity parallel to grain, Eo, mean = 12 N mm 2 , 5% modulus of elasticity parallel to

grain, Eo, 05 = 8 ∗ 103 N mm 2 , Mean shear modulus G-mean=0.75*103 N/mm2 and Modulus of

elasticity, yeomen=12000 N/mm2.

Design actions
From purline analysis above, the maximum actions are given;
Max. Moment, M=0.636KNm and Max. Shear, V=1.017KN Sectional properties; Trial section
50x70mm

70cm

50cm
Fig.3.12 Purline cross section
Area =b*h=3500mm2, Moment of inertia, I=bh3/12 =1.43*106mm4,
Z y = bh2/6 =50*702/6 =40.83*103mm3 and M y =0.636*106Nmm

A) Check the stress ratio


We have going to check the ratio of design stress to the design strength to be less than one i.e.
σ myd
, Where; σ myd =design stress and f myd =design strength
f myd

24 June 2008 18
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

i) Design stress ( σ myd ):

My
σ myd = = 0.636 KNm = 15.58 N mm 2
Zy 40.83*103 mm3

ii) Design strength ( f myd ):

kh × kls × kmod × f mk
f myd =
γm

Since h<150 then k h = (150/h) 0.2, h=70, k h = (150/70) 0.2 =1.165

For the class II of permanent weight, kmod =0.6, for loading shearing, kls =1.1, for timber and

wood material γ m =1.3. Then; f myd = 1.165*1.1*0.6*27/1.3 =15.969n/mm2

B) Check for deflection


I) Check for U2inst
5qL4
U 2inst = , Where; q=1.181KN/m, L=1.4m, E =12*103, I=1.43*106, then;
12qL2
384 EI +
EI
U 2inst =3.404mm

But the permissible value is given by; U 2inst ≤ L/300=1400/300 =4.67mm> 3.404 …….Safe!

II) Check for U 2 fin = U 2ins (1 + kdlf ) , kdlf for permanent load and class-II is 0.8

U 2 fin = 3.404(1 + 0.8) = 6.137mm

And the permissible value for U 2 fin is given by L/200 =1400/200 =7mm> 6.137mm…....Ok!

C) Check for shear


In flexural members not to fail in shear, the following conditions should be satisfied.

τ d ≤ f y ,d Where τ d = 3Vd 2 A =3*1.881*103N/ (23500mm2) =0.806N/mm2

kls ∗ kmod ∗ f c ,90,k 2


f y ,d =
γ m =1.1*0.6*2.8/1.3=1.422 N/mm

Since τ d = 0.806 N mm 2 ≤ f y ,d = 1.422 N mm 2 …….......................................................Ok!

24 June 2008 19
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

D) Check for compression perpendicular to grain


For compression perpendicular to grain the following conditions should satisfied.
σ c ,90,d ≤ kc ,90 f c ,90,d = f c ,90,k

σ c ,90,d = Design compressive stress perpendicular to grain

f c ,90, k = Design compressive strength perpendicular to grain =5.6N/mm2

kc ,90 = The compressive strength factor

kls * kmod * f c ,90,k


f c ,90, d = 2
γ m =1.1*0.6*5.6/1.3 =2.843N/mm
Taking the bearing diameter of the rafter to be 100mm;
Then for L1= 1400-100 =1300 > 150mm, a=0< 100, then kc.90 = 1

There for f c ,90, d * kc ,90 = 2.843 N mm 2

σ c ,90,k = Design force/bearing area =2.034*10 3/ (100*50) = 0.4068N/mm2 < 2.843N/mm2

Fig.3.13 Compression perpendicular to grain

E) Check lateral buckling


For lateral buckling the following condition should satisfied; σ m ,d < kinst f m ,d

Where; σ m ,d = design bending stress, kinst = the instability factor and f m , d = design bending

For Lef L =0.95, Lef =0.95L = 0.95*14*103 =1330mm


1
⎡ ⎤
1 2
L * f ⎛ E ⎞ 2
λ rel =⎢ ⎥
ef k , m o ,
* m ean
⎢ π b 2 * E o ,05 ⎜⎝ G m ean ⎟⎠ ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎥⎦

24 June 2008 20
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Where; Lef = 1330 , h=70, b=50, f k ,m = 27 , Eo,05 = 800 , Eo,mean = 12000 , Gmean = 0.75*103

λrel = 0.40 ≤ 0.75

kinst = 1, kinst ∗ f k , m = 15.969 N mm 2 and σ m ,d = 15.58 < 15.969 -----------------------------Ok!

Note: since the entire requirement is ok the section is safe and economic

3.2 Truss Analysis and Design

Loading
I) Reaction forces from purline: Maximum reaction forces transferred to truss join are; 2.034KN
down ward and 3.762KN upward
II) Self weight of truss members: Initially take diameter of truss member =10cm,
A = p (0.1) 2 =0.008m2, the load is applied (acted) at joint of member, Use unit weight of
eucalyptus member =8.5 KN/m2

Fig.3.14 Truss model

24 June 2008 21
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 3.7 Determination of weight of truss member


Truss Length Area (m2) Unit weight Weight
member (m) (KN/m3) (KN)
1 0.9 0.008 8.5 0.061
2 0.9 0.008 8.5 0.061
3 0.9 0.008 8.5 0.061
4 0.9 0.008 8.5 0.061
5 0.9 0.008 8.5 0.061
6 0.9 0.008 8.5 0.061
7 0.9 0.008 8.5 0.061
8 0.87 0.008 8.5 0.059
9 0.87 0.008 8.5 0.059
10 0.87 0.008 8.5 0.059
11 0.87 0.008 8.5 0.059
12 0.87 0.008 8.5 0.059
13 0.87 0.008 8.5 0.059
14 0.87 0.008 8.5 0.059
15 1.63 0.008 8.5 0.111
16 1.65 0.008 8.5 0.1122
17 1.4 0.008 8.5 0.0952
18 1.454 0.008 8.5 0.0989
19 1.165 0.008 8.5 0.07922
20 1.275 0.008 8.5 0.0867
21 0.932 0.008 8.5 0.0834
22 1.12 0.008 8.5 0.0762
23 0.70 0.008 8.5 0.0476
24 0.987 0.008 8.5 0.0671
25 0.466 0.008 8.5 0.0317
26 0.9 0.008 8.5 0.0612
27 0.233 0.008 8.5 0.0158

Fig.3.15

24 June 2008 22
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Taking 8mm of ceilings having unit weight (γ) =8KN/m3


Weight per meter =8KN/m3 * 0.008m*1.4m =0.0896KN/m
Table 3.8
Dead load of truss Dead load of
Load designation (KN) ceiling Design load Wi
W'1 0.061 0.0779 0.18057
W'2 0.166 0.0779 0.31707
W'3 0.216 0.0779 0.38207
W'4 0.24 0.0779 0.41327
W'5 0.285 0.0779 0.47177
W'6 0.292 0.0779 0.48087
W'7 0.32 0.0779 0.51727
W'8 0.2871 0.0779 0.4745

A) Loading for pressure case

Fig.3.16
Result from SAP-2000

Fig.3.17

24 June 2008 23
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

B. Loading for suction case

Fig.3.18

Results from SAP-2000

Fig.3.19

From the above fig.3.19, positive values indicate tension & negative values indicate
compression.

3.3 Design of truss members


From the two loadings on trusses the maximum tension and compression from the axial force
diagram are selected as:
1. Rafter
P = 3.44 KN (tension), P = -14.252 KN (compression)
Trial section of rafter: diameter = 10 cm, Area = 7854 mm2
Using eucalyptus tree of class C-30; Material properties
Parallel tension: f t , o , d = 18 N mm 2 , Parallel compression: f c , o , k = 23 N mm 2

24 June 2008 24
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Members subjected to axial compression or tension are designed using the following
expression provided that there no tendency for buckling.

σ c , o, d ≤ f c , o, d or σ t ,o , d ≤ ft , o, d

Where; σ c ,o ,d = design compression capacity

f c ,o ,d = design compression force

σ c ,o ,d = axial force /area = 14.493*103/ 7854 = 1.84<<23 N/mm2 -----------------------OK

σ t ,o ,d = axial force /area = 8.79*103/ 7854 = 1.12 <<18 N/mm2 ------------------------OK


2. Horizontal chord
P= 13.97 KN (tension), P= -8.48 KN (compression)
Trial section of rafter: diameter = 10 cm; Area = 7854 mm2
Using eucalyptus tree of class C-30, material properties mentioned above.
σ c ,o ,d = 8.48*103/7854 = 1.08<<23 N/mm2 ------------------------------------------------OK
And
σ t ,o ,d = 13.97*103/ 7854 = 1.78<<18 N/mm2 ---------------------------------------------OK
3. Vertical members
P =7.18 KN (t), P = -15.34 KN(C)

4. Diagonal members
P = 7.18 KN (t), P = -9.54 KN (c)
For both vertical and diagonal members, use eucalyptus tree of C-30 with
Diameter = 8mm, Area = 5026.55mm2
σ c ,o ,d = 15.3*103/5026.55 = 3.04<<23 N/mm2 --------------------------------------------OK

σ t ,o ,d =19.38 *103/ 5026.55 = 3.86<<18 N/mm2 ------------------------------------------OK

24 June 2008 25
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Chapter 4
SLAB ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

4.0 Slab design using coefficient method analysis

Fig 4.1 plan of each panel

I. Check the panels for one or two-way system EBCS-2, 1995,

Ly Ly
If the span ratio of a given beam-floor system is greater than two > 2, it is a one-
Lx Lx

Ly
way slab and for (1≤ ≤ 2), it is a two-way slab.
Lx

24 June 2008 26
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 4.1, slab system determination


LONGER SPAN SHORTER SPAN SPAN RATIO SLAP
PANEL LENGTH (Ly) LENGTH (Lx) (Ly/Lx) SYSTEM
(mm) (mm)
S1 3200 1350 2.37 One-way
S2 5800 5200 1.11 Two-way
S3 5200 3200 1.62 Two-way
S4 5800 5200 1.11 Two-way
S5 5800 4600 1.26 Two-way
S6 3200 1300 2.46 Cantilever
S7 6000 5800 1.03 Two-way
S8 3200 1300 2.46 One-way
S9 5800 4400 1.32 Two-way
S10 3000 3000 1.00 Two-way

Note; Panel S6 and S8 are cantilever which are an extended slabs supported by beam in
three sides and treated as cantilever beams.

1.3m
Fig 4.2 cantilever beam

II. Determination of Depth for Deflection (from EBCS-2, 1995, Section 5.2.3)

⎡ 0.6 Fyk ⎤ Le
D > ⎢ 0 .4 + ⎥ , where
⎣ 400 ⎦ β a

• D-minimum effective depth which avoids undesirable and excessive deflection (mm).
• Fyk -characteristic yielding strength of the steel ( M PA ).

• Le -effective span length, the shorter span for two-way slab

• β a -constant depending on support condition and span ratio (for two-way )

Table 4.2, value of β a


SIMPLY END INTERIOR CANTILEVER
MEMBER SUPPORTED SPANS SPANS
Beams 20 24 28 10
Slabs Ly/Lx=2:1 25 30 35 12
Ly/Lx=1:1 35 40 45 10

24 June 2008 27
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

⎡ 0.6 × 300 ⎤ Le 0.85Le


For S-300 Fyk =300, d > ⎢0.4 + then d >
⎣ 400 ⎥⎦ β a βa

Table 4.3, effective depth of each panel


SUPPORT EFFECTIVE SPAN CONSTA EFFECTIVE
PANEL AND ITS CONDITIO LENGTH RATIO NT DEPTH
MODEL N Le(mm) (Ly/Lx) βa 0.85Le
d>
βa

End span 1350 2.37 24 47.85

End span 5200 1.1154 38.85 113.77

Interior 3200 1.625 38.75 70.20

End span 5200 1.1154 38.85 113.77

Simple 4600 1.261 32.39 120.716

24 June 2008 28
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Cantilever 1300 2.46 10 110.5

End span 5800 1.034 39.66 124.31

Cantilever 3200
28 97.14

Simple 4400 1.318 31.82 117.54

Simple 3000 1 25 102

Note: For the slab panels with intermediate span ratio between 1:1 and 2:1 linear interpolation
is used to determine the value of β a

9 From the above table 4.3 , the minimum effective depth for the two-way slab
Dmin =120.716mm and for the cantilever; Dmin =110.5mm
9 using the following recommendation, concrete cover (Cc)=15mm, Reinforcement for main
bars both shorter and longer direction use φ10 mm, and secondary reinforcement for the

cantilever to be φ8 mm

24 June 2008 29
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

III. Over all depth (D) of the slab


For two-way slabs

Fig 4.3 over all depth of slab

Dmm =120.716mm+15mm+10/2mm=140.716mm,Use D=150mm

Then, the actual effective depth (d);


ƒ For shorter span reinforcement=150mm-15mm-10/2mm=130mm
ƒ For longer span reinforcement=150mm-15mm-10mm-10/2mm=120mm
9 We use 150mm over all depth for all panels to simplify during supervision and construction
works.

IV. Design constants

Table 4.4 From EBCS-2, 1995; SECTION 3.5.3&3.5.4, for class I-works
For concrete For steel
Grade quality C-25 S-300
Characteristic strength 20 300
Partial safety factor 1.5 1.15
Design strength 11.33 260.87

V. Design Loads
From EBCS-1, section 2.4 and EBCS-2, section 3.6.1. The following table containing the
unit weight of different construction material

24 June 2008 30
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 4.5, Unit weight


Unit
Construction material
weight(KN/m2)

Reinforced concrete 25

Cement mortar 23

Floor finishing
PVC covering
16
Terrazzo tiling
23

Marble tiling 27

Note: Use a PVC tile for all slabs except for panel S1, S10 & bath room floor finishing,
terrazzo tile for S1 & S10 and marble for bath rooms

1. Dead load(DL)
a) Dead load from slab thickness
Cross-section of slab with PVC tile floor finishing

Fig 4.4 cross-section of slab with PVC tile

• Own weight=0.15m*25KN/m3=3.75KN/m2
• PVC finishing=0.002m*16KN/m3=0.032KN/m2
• Cement screed=0.048m*23KN/m3=1.104KN/m2
• Plastering =0.015m*23KN/m3=0.345KNm2

∑ DL 1 = 5.231 KN m 2

24 June 2008 31
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Cross-section of slab with terrazzo tile floor finishing

Fig 4.5 Cross-section of slab with terrazzo tile


• Own weight=0.15m*25KN/m3=3.75KN/m2
• Terrazzo tile=0.03m*23KN/m3=0.69KN/m2
• Cement screed=0.02m*23KN/m3=0.46KN/m2
• Plastering =0.015m*23KN/m3 =0.345KN/m3

∑ DL 2 = 5.245 KN m 2

Cross-section of slab with marble floor finishing

Fig 4.6 Cross-section of slab with marble floor finishing


• Own weight=3.75KN/m2
• Marble =0.02m*27KN/m3=0.54KN/m2
• Cement screed=0.03*23KN/m3=0.69KN/m2
• Plastering =0.345KN/m2

∑ DL 3 = 5.325 KN m 2

b) Dead load from partition walls


9 Taking the unit weight of 20cm HBC=14KN/m3
Load of partition wall in KN/m2 h=height of HBC, L=length of HBC, W=width of
W
HBC; then DLp = h × L × × γ HBC : where A=area of panel
A
24 June 2008 32
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 4.6 partition load


Panel Partition load from Partition load from Total partition
20cm HBC (KN/m2) 10cmHBC (KN/m2) Load (KN/m2)
S1 - L =5.7m, h=3.0m, DL p =0.595 0.595
S3 L =5.2m, h=3m, DL p =2.05 2.625
S4 L =5.3m, h=3.0m, DL p =1.48 L =1.5m, h=3.0m, DL p =0.15 1.63
S7 L=6.3m, h=3.0m, DL p =1.52 - 1.52
S10 L= 2.8m, h=3.0m, DL p =2.613 - 2.613

2. Live load (LL); EBCS-1, 1995 of table 2.9&2.10


For Balconies (S1&S10) =4KN/m2, for family halls (S5) =3KN/ /m2, for bed rooms & bath
room=2KN/m2

3. Design load (Pd)


Note; Pd=1.3DL+1.6LL
The dead load is the summation of the load from slab and the load from partition wall. the rooms
having different floor finishing are taken by weighting their load to their area.

Table4.7 design load


Load from the Load from Total Live Load Load combination
PANEL slab including Partition dead load(LL) designation (Design load)
finishing(KN/m2) wall(KN/m2) load(DL) Wi KN/m2
S1 5.245 5.245 4 W1 13.22
S2 5.251 0.595 5.846 2 W2 10.80
S3 5.231 2.625 7.856 2 W3 13.413
S4 5.238 1.63 6.868 2 W4 12.13
S5 5.231 5.231 3 W5 11.60
S6 5.231 5.231 4 W6 13.20
S7 5.231 1.52 6.751 2 W7 11.98
S8 5.231 5.231 4 W8 13.20
S9 5.231 5.231 2 W9 10.0
S10 5.245 2.643 7.89 4 W10 16.65

24 June 2008 33
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

VI. Analysis of slabs for support & span moment


From EBCS-2, 1995 section A3.2 M i = α i pd Lx
2

M s = α s pd Lx , M f = α f pd Lx
2 2
Where;

Ly
M i =Design moment per unit width, α i =moment coefficient depending on span ratio and
Lx

support condition, Lx =shorter span of the panel, Ly =longer span of the panel, s=support &

f=field
For S1; One -way (taking 1m width), and design load of W1=13.22KN/

Figs 4.7 span & support moment determination for one way slab

W1 2 13.22 × 1.352
Then Ms = L = =3.0KN.m
8 8
9W1L2 9 × 13.22 × 1.352
Mf = = =1.69KN.m
128 128
For S6 and S8; Cantilever type
W6=13.2

1.3m
Fig 4.8 span moment determination for cantilever

W6 L2
Ms = =13.2*1.32/2=11.15KN.m
2

24 June 2008 34
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 4.7, support & span moment


MOMENT( KNm )
DESIGN EFFEC MOMENT
SPAN M i = α i Pd Lx
PANEL

LOAD TIVE COEFFICIENT


SUPPORT CONDITION RATO
Pd LENGTH
Ly/Lx LOCA LOCA
(KN/m2) Lx(m) VALUE VALUE
TION TION

α xs 0.0574 M xs 16.76

α xf 0.043 M xf 12.56
10.80 5.2 1.12
S2
α ys 0.047 M ys 13.73

α yf 0.036 M yf 10.51

α xs 0.056 M xs 7.69

α xf 0.042 M xf 5.77

13.41 3.2 1.63


α ys 0.032 M ys 4.39
S3

α yf 0.024 M yf 3.30

α xs 0.0574 M xs 18.83

α xf 0.0430 M xf 14.10
12.13 5.2 1.12
S4 α ys 0.0470 M ys 15.42

α yf 0.0360 M yf 11.81

α xs 0.056 M xs 13.75

α xf 0.042 M xf 10.31
11.60 4.6 1.26
S5
α ys M ys
α yf 0.034 M yf 8.35
α xs M xs
α xf 0.038 M xf 15.31

11.98 5.8 1.03 α ys


0.045 M ys 18.14
S7
α yf 0.034 M yf 13.70

24 June 2008 35
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

α xs 0.077
M xs
14.91

α xf M xf
0.058 11.23
10.0 4.4 1.32

S9 α ys M ys
α yf M yf
0.044 8.52

α xs 0.057 M xs 8.54

α xf M xf
0.043 6.54
16.65 3.0 1.0
S10 α ys M ys

α yf 0.044 M yf 6.59

VII. Moment Adjustment

Fig 4.2, Sketch of unadjusted moment

24 June 2008 36
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

From EBCS-2, 1995-section A.3.3


Two methods of moment adjustment are used
i) Method-1: if ∆M sup < 20% M l arg e , use simple arithmetic averaging for the design moment of

the supports with out further field moment adjustment. moments are balance based
j) Method-2: if ∆M sup > 20% M l arg e , moments are balance based on the stiffness of the slab and

the effective length


If M s is decreased, then field moments are increased to allow equilibrium compatibility. If M s

is increased, no field moment adjustment.

1. Support moment adjustment


Let M r = large support moment of two slab

M st = smaller support moment of two slab

( M r − M st )
%∆M = *100
Mr
Table 4.8, Identification method of adjustment & adjusted value
Axis Slab Mr M st %DM Method of Adjustment value for
adjustment Mr M st
F-F S1&S3 4.39 3.0 31.66 II 4.03 4.03
E-E S2&S5 16.76 13.75 17.96 I 15.26 15.26
S3&S6 11.45 4.39 60.63 11.15 11.15
S4&S7 18.83 18.14 3.66 I 18.49 18.49
D-D S5&S10 13.75 8.54 37.89 II 11.327 11.327
C-C S7&S9 18.14 14.91 17.81 I 16.53 16.53
3-3 S2&S3 13.73 7.69 43.99 II 11.96 11.96
4-4 S3&S4 15.42 7.69 50.13 II 13.155 13.155

For method II
B/n slab S1&S3

24 June 2008 37
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

5.2 1.35

S3 4.39 3.0

4 EI
∆M 1.39 D fs = 5 .2 = 0.257
DF 0.257 0.743 4 EI + 4 EI
5 .2 1.35
-0.358 -1.0326
Madjusted 4.03 4.03

2. Field moment adjustment


Since the support moment in S1, S3, S5, S7, S9 and S10 is increased than no field moment is
need with those panel.
For panel S2
Ly Lx = 1.12 Cx1 = 0.32 , CY = 0.372

Lx=5.2

Ly=5.8

∆M xs = 16.76 − 13.75 = 3.01

Ly Lx = 1.12 Cx1 = 0.35 CY = 0.21

24 June 2008 38
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Ly=5.8m

Lx=5.2m

M xf (adjusted ) = M xf (old ) + Cx1∆M xs + Cx 2 ∆M ys = 12.56 + 0.32*3.01 + 0.35*6.04 = 15.64KN.m


M yf (adjusted ) = M yf (old ) + C y1∆M xs + C y 2 ∆M ys = 0.51 + 0.372*3.01 + 0.21*6.04 = 12.90KN.m

For panel S3
Ly Lx = 1.12 Cx1 = 0.32 , CY 1 = 0.372

Lx=5.2

Ly=5.8

∆M xs = 18.83 − 18.14 = 0.61

Ly Lx = 1.12 C x 2 = 0.35 , C y 2 = 0.21

Lx=5.2m

Ly=5.8m

∆M ys = 15.42 − 7.69 = 7.73

M xf (adjusted ) = 14.10+ 0.32*0.69 + 0.35*7.73 = 17.026KN.m

M yf (adjusted ) = 1.81 + 0.37*.069 + 0.21*7.73 =13.68KN.m

24 June 2008 39
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Fig 4.3, Sketch of adjusted moment

VIII. Check depth for flexure


Depth for flexure could be checked using the maximum absolute moment such that it satisfies for
the smaller once from the adjusted moment.

M max
d>
0.8 f cd ρ m(1 − 0.4 ρ m)

18.49*106
d> , d > 68.6mm
0.8*1000*11.17 *0.0225* 25.3(1 − 0.4*0.0225* 25.3)

IX. Reinforcement design


Consider the following point in the calculation

Width is take the unit width = 1000mm, Over all depth = 150mm, and main reinforcement (at
support, short span direction and longer span direction Use Φ 10

24 June 2008 40
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

For secondary reinforcement at cantilever use Φ 8

Reinforcement for the two ways

A, at support: use effective depth (d) = 130mm, minimum steel area required ( Amin )

Amin =0.5bd/fyk = 0.5*100*130/300 = 216.67mm2, Spacing maximum. ( S max ), 2D = 300,

i.e S max = 300mm

B, for panels in shorter direction: use d = 130mm, Amin = 216.67mm2 & S max = 300

C, for panels in longer direction: use d =120mm, Amin =200mm2 and S max = 300mm

Fig 4.9 summarized form of d, Amin & S max

parameters Support Panel of two- way


Shorter direction Longer direction
Effective depth 130 130 120
Amin (mm 2 ) 216.67 216.67 200
S max (mm) 300 300 300

4M d
ρ = 0.5(C1 ± C12 − , where: C1 =0.087 and C2 =3003
C2bd 2

1000as
As = ρ bd & S = , then compare with S max = 300mm
As

Table 4.10 Reinforcement

MOMENT STEEL
EFFECTIVE STEEL AREA SPACI
DEPTH (d) RATIO AS NG PROVIDE
PANEL LOCATION VALUE (mm) r (mm2) (mm) ( mm)
SUPPORT B/n S1&S3 4.03 130 0.0009225 119.93 654.90 Φ 10 C/C300
SHORTER 1.69 130 0.0003845 49.98 1571.44 Φ 10 C/C300
S1 SPAN LONGER 0 120 Φ 8 C/C300
B/n S2&S5 15.26 130 0.0036056 468.73 167.56 Φ 10 C/C160
SUPPORT B/n S2&S3 11.96 130 0.0027988 363.84 215.86 Φ 10 C/C210
SHORTER 15.64 130 0.0036995 480.94 163.31 Φ 10 C/C160
S2 SPAN LONGER 12.9 120 0.0035759 429.10 183.03 Φ 10 C/C180
S3 SUPPORT B/n S3&S6 11.15 130 0.0026032 338.42 232.08 Φ 10 C/C230
24 June 2008 41
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

B/n S3&S4 13.16 130 0.0030903 401.74 195.50 Φ 10 C/C190


SHORTER 5.77 130 0.0013271 172.52 455.26 Φ 10 C/C300
SPAN LONGER 3.8 120 0.0010221 122.65 640.37 Φ 10 C/C300
B/n S4&S7 18.49 130 0.0044114 573.48 136.95 Φ 10 C/C130
SUPPORT B/n S4&S3 13.16 130 0.0030903 401.74 195.50 Φ 10 C/C190
SHORTER 17.026 130 0.0040441 525.73 149.39 Φ 10 C/C140
S4 SPAN LONGER 13.68 120 0.0038024 456.29 172.13 Φ 10 C/C170
B/n S5&S10 11.33 130 0.0026466 344.06 228.28 Φ 10 C/C220
SUPPORT B/n S5&S6 11.26 130 0.0026297 341.86 229.74 Φ 10 C/C220
SHORTER 10.31 130 0.0024013 312.17 251.59 Φ 10 C/C250
S5 SPAN LONGER 8.35 120 0.0022792 273.50 287.16 Φ 10 C/C280
SHORTER B/n S6&S7 11.26 130 0.0026297 341.86 229.74 Φ 10 C/C220
SHORTER 0 130 0 0.00 Φ 8 C/C300
S6 SPAN LONGER 5.63 120 0.0015232 182.78 429.70 Φ 10 C/C300
B/n S7&S8 11.26 130 0.0026297 341.86 229.74 Φ 10 C/C220
SUPPORT B/n S7&S9 16.53 130 0.0039205 509.66 154.10 Φ 10 C/C150
SHORTER 15.31 130 0.0036179 470.33 166.99 Φ 10 C/C160
S7 SPAN LONGER 13.7 120 0.0038082 456.99 171.86 Φ 10 C/C170
SUPPORT B/n S8&S10 11.26 130 0.0026297 341.86 229.74 Φ 10 C/C220
S8 SPAN LONGER 5.63 120 0.0015232 182.78 429.70 Φ 10 C/C300
SHORTER 11.23 130 0.0026225 340.92 230.38 Φ 10 C/C230
S9 SPAN LONGER 8.52 120 0.0023269 279.23 281.28 Φ 10 C/C280
SHORTER 6.59 130 0.0015191 197.48 397.72 Φ 10 C/C300
S10 SPAN LONGER 6.59 120 0.0017884 214.61 365.97 Φ 10 C/C300

Note: detail of reinforcement is attached on the last of this report.

4.1 Design of slab using strip method of analysis

Note; the effective depth, over all depth & loading is similar with the coefficient method. So, it is
better to take the previous calculated depth& loading for the strip method.

24 June 2008 42
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

I. Loading
Table 4.2.1, Loading
Panel S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10
Load
Designation W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 W9 W10
Design load 13.22 10.8 13.41 10.8 11.60 13.20 11.98 13.20 10.00 16.65

II. Analysis
The analysis is by taking so many strips in the slab, using Hillerborg simplified equation,
given by;

∂2M x ∂2M y
= − Kq & = (1 − K )q
∂x 2 ∂y 2

Where; k=the proportion of the load q taken by the strip in the X-direction & (1-k) in
the Y-direction
The value of k ranges from 0 to1 for slabs with no openings & for one-way slab, k=1

Fig.4.2.1

24 June 2008 43
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

i) Axis 2-2

We can choose the max. Moment is at a distance of α b from the pin support.
From the right section; RL (2-2) = q α b ………. (Eq-1) and
q (α b) 2 q (α b) 2
M xf ,max = q (α b) −2
= ….. (Eq-2), from left section;
2 2
q (b − α b) qb 2 (1 − 2α b + (α b) 2 ) q (α b) 2 qb 2 (1 − 2α )
M xs + M xf = , M xs = − = …..(Eq-3)
2 2 2 2
M xs 1 − 2α
Taking the ratio of M xs & M xf then =
M xf α2
Note; from Hillerborg, the support moments should be about 1.5 to2.5 times the span moment
M xs 1 − 2α
( M xf ) in the same strip. We take the ratio to be 2, then = = 2 , implies, α =0.366,
M xf α2

and RR = q(b − α b) ……….. (Eq-4)

24 June 2008 44
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

ii) Axis 1-1

α bw2 αb w2 (α b / 2) 2 w2 (α b) 2
From the right section; M xf = − − =
2 2 4 16

w2b 2 (1 − α ) 2 w2 (α b) 2
From the left section; M xs = −
16 16

w2α b b(1 − α )
Reaction; RL = and RR =
4 4
Note; for one way slab, we consider the load dispersion is to the shorter direction, and we
analyze as unit width of beam. Example; slab one. Cantilever slab are treated by introducing
strong bands at their end edges, but for this project; since the cantilever is one way. So, we have
considered as cantilever beam. Example; S8 & S6
Analysis for the other slabs is as follow in tabular form

Table 4.2.2.moment & reaction of each strip


STRIP
WIDTH REACTION MOMENT
(m) VALUE VALUE
PANEL AXIS LACATION KN LOCATION KNm
1 RL 8.23 M xs 3.012
S1 1 RR 4.75 M xf 1.694
RL 21.06 M xs 30.128
2-2. 3.2 RR 35.4 M xf 15.635
S2,S4 1-1.&C-C 0.95 RL 5.1385 M xs 4.89
3-3.&A-A 1.65 RR 8.9 M xf 2.45
24 June 2008 45
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

RL 10.277 M xs 9.783
B-B 2.6 RR 17.802 M xf 4.89
1-1., 3-3. RL 5.364 M xs 2.86
A-A,C-C 0.8 RR 5.364 M xf 1.431
RL 10.728 M xs 5.72
S3 2-2. 1.6 RR 10.728 M xf 2.862
RL 21.456 M xs 11.443
B-B 3.6 RR 21.456 M xf 5.721
RL 8.46 M xs 4.11
1-1. 1.15 RR 4.88 M xf 2.05
RL 26.68 M xs 30.68
2-2. 3.5 RR 26.68 M xf 17.26
RL 6.67 M xs 5.1
S5 3-3. 1.15 RR 6.67 M xf 2.55
RL 488 M xs 0
A-A 1.15 RR 8.46 M xf 7.66
RL 13.34 M xs 0
B-B 2.3 RR 13.34 M xf 15.3
RL 4.88 M xs 4.11
C-C 115 RR 8.46 M xf 2.05
S6,S8 1 R 17.16 M xs 11.154
RL 15.574 M xs 8.39
1-1. 1.85 RR 15.574 M xf 4.2
RL 17.97 M xs 17.97
2-2. 2.9 RR 17.97 M xf 8.98
S7 RL 15.574 M xs 8.39
3-3. 1.05 RR 15.574 M xf 4.2
RL 11.01 M xs 6.75
A-A 1.3 RR 6.36 M xf 3.37
RL 34.74 M xs
B-B 3.4 RR 34.74 M xf 24.37
RL 11.01 M xs 6.75
C-C 1.3 RR 6.36 M xf 3.37
1-1. 1.1 RL 7 M xs 3.24

24 June 2008 46
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

RR 4.03 M xf 1.62
RL 27.5 M xs 24.2
2-2. 3.6 RR 16.5 M xf 13.6
RL 7 M xs 3.024
S9 3-3. 1.1 RR 4.03 M xf 1.62
RL 5.5 M xs
A-A 0.8 RR 5.5 M xf 4.5
RL 11 M xs
B-B 2.2 RR 11 M xf 9
RL 5.5 M xs
C-C 1.4 RR 5.5 M xf 4.5
1-1. & RL 15.61 M xs 9.37
S10 A-A 1.4 RR 9.37 M xf 5.26

iii. Moment adjustment


a) Support moment adjustment
We have used two types of adjustment; for small % of support moment difference
between two adjacent panels, we use an average. And for larger % of support moment
difference between two adjacent panels, we use the moment distribution. Sample
example is below.

Taking middle strip of S4, S7&S9

24 June 2008 47
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Joint D B
Member ED DE DB BD BA AB
S.F 1/5.2 1/5.2 39453 39453 1/4.4 1/4.4
DF 1 0.54 0.46 0.42 0.58 1
FEM 0 39.13 -17.97 17.97 -24.2 0
21.16 16.23
BM -11.43 -9.734 2.62 3.613
COM 0 1.31 -4.87
1.31 4.87
BM -0.707 -0.6026 2.045 2.82
COM 0 1.0225 -0.3013
BM -0.552 -0.47035 0.1265 0.175
COM 0.06325 -0.235
BM 0.034155 -0.0291 0.0987 0.1363
COM 0.01494 -0.01455
Final
moment 0 26.41 -26.41 17.5 -17.5

Taking edge strip of S4, S7&S9

Joint E D B A
Member ED DE DB BD BA AB
S.F 1/5.2 1/5.2 6-Jan 6-Jan 1/4.4 1/4.4
D.F 1 0.54 0.46 0.42 0.58 1
FEM 0 4.89 -8.39 8.39 -3.24 0
BM 1.89 1.61 -2.163 -2.987
COM -1.0815 0.805
BM 0.584 0.4975 -0.338 -0.467
COM -0.169 0.249
BM 0.09126 0.0777 -0.1045 -0.1445
COM -0.0522 0.0389
F.M 0 7.45 -7.45 6.87 -6.87 0

24 June 2008 48
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

b) Span moment adjustment

Taking middle strip of S4, S7&S8


Span ED

Then Mmax, span(X=1.95) =21.06*1.95-10.8*1.952/2=20.53KNm

For span DB

Taking the left loading taking the right loading

24 June 2008 49
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Use Mmax=max (Mmax1, Mmax2) i.e. Mspan=6.38KNm


For span AB, the same process with span ED

The same process with the above procedure the adjusted moment, reaction with reinforcement on
each strip is done as shown below table.

Table 4.2.3 Reinforcement of each strip


PA AXIS WIDTH REACTION MOMENT DEPTH STTEEL AREA SPACING SPACING
STRIP LACA VALUE LOCA VALUE (d) RATIO (mm2) S(mm) PROVIDE
NEL (m) TION KN TION KNm (m) (mm)

S1 1 RL 8.23 Mxs 5.02 130 0.001153 149.91 523.65 ∅10C/C300


1 RR 4.75 Mxf 1.85 130 0.000421 54.73 1434.20 ∅10C/C300

2-2. 3.2 RL 21.06 Mxs 28.24 130 0.00695 903.52 86.88 ∅10 C/C80
RR 35.4 Mxf 20.45 130 0.004909 638.11 123.02 ∅10C/C120

S2, 1-1.&C-C 0.95 RL 5.1385 Mxs 3.98 130 0.000911 118.42 662.88 ∅10C/C300
3-3.&A-A 1.65 RR 8.9 Mxf 3.35 130 0.000765 99.51 788.87 ∅10C/C300
S4
B-B 2.6 RL 10.277 Mxs 10.51 130 0.002449 318.41 246.54 ∅10C/C240
RR 17.802 Mxf 4.89 130 0.001122 145.86 538.20 ∅10C/C300

1-1., 3-3. 0.8 RL 5.364 Mxs,L 2.94 130 0.000671 87.24 899.87 ∅10C/C300
A-A,C-C RR 5.364 Mxf 1.43 130 0.000325 42.26 1857.49 ∅10C/C300
S3
2-2. 1.6 RL 10.728 Mxs 11.15 130 0.002603 338.42 231.96 ∅10C/C230
RR 10.728 Mxf 3.00 130 0.000685 89.03 881.73 ∅10C/C300
B-B 3.6 RL 21.456 Mxs 10.51 130 0.002449 318.41 246.54 ∅10C/C240

24 June 2008 50
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

RR 21.456 Mxf 6.67 130 0.001537 199.77 392.96 ∅10C/C300

1-1. RL 8.46 Mxs 4.50 130 0.001031 134.08 585.46 ∅10C/C300


1.15
RR 4.88 Mxf 2.30 130 0.000524 68.13 1152.22 ∅10C/C300

2-2. RL 26.68 Mxs,L 12.25 130 0.002869 372.98 210.47 ∅10C/C210


3.5
RR 26.68 Mxf 10.23 130 0.002382 309.68 253.49 ∅10C/C250

3-3. RL 6.67 Mxs,R 4.70 130 0.001078 140.12 560.24 ∅10C/C300


1.15
S5 RR 6.67 Mxf 2.35 130 0.000536 69.62 1127.56 ∅10C/C300

A-A RL 4.88 Mxs 0.00 130


1.15
RR 8.46 Mxf 7.66 130 0.001771 230.22 340.98 ∅10C/C300

B-B RL 13.34 Mxs 0.00 130


2.3
RR 13.34 Mxf 15.30 130 0.003615 470.01 167.02 ∅10C/C160

C-C RL 4.88 Mxs 4.11 130 0.000941 122.33 641.69 ∅10C/C300


115
RR 8.46 Mxf 2.05 130 0.000467 60.68 1293.59 ∅10C/C300
S6,S8 1 R 17.16 Mxs 11.15 130 0.002604 338.54 231.88 ∅10C/C300

1-1. 1.85 RL 15.574 Mxs,L 6.87 130 0.001585 206.03 381.02 ∅10C/C300
RR 15.574 Mxf 5.20 130 0.001194 155.23 505.69 ∅10C/C300

2-2. 2.9 RL 17.97 Mxs 26.41 130 0.006461 839.97 93.46 ∅10 C/C90
RR 17.97 Mxf 6.38 130 0.00147 191.07 410.83 ∅10C/C300

3-3. 1.05 RL 15.574 Mxs 6.87 130 0.001585 206.03 381.02 ∅10C/C300
S7
RR 15.574 Mxf 5.20 130 0.001194 155.23 505.69 ∅10C/C300

A-A 1.3 RL 11.01 Mxs 6.75 130 0.001557 202.36 387.92 ∅10C/C300
RR 6.36 Mxf 3.37 130 0.00077 100.11 784.15 ∅10C/C300

B-B 3.4 RL 34.74 Mxs 0.00 130


RR 34.74 Mxf 24.37 130 0.005923 769.94 101.96 ∅10C/C100

C-C 1.3 RL 11.01 Mxs 6.75 130 0.001557 202.36 387.92 ∅10C/C300
RR 6.36 Mxf 3.37 130 0.00077 100.11 784.15 ∅10C/C300

1-1. 1.1 RL 7 Mxs 6.87 130 0.001585 206.03 381.02 ∅10C/C300


RR 4.03 Mxf 1.62 130 0.000368 47.90 1638.81 ∅10C/C300

2-2. 3.6 RL 27.5 Mxs 17.50 130 0.004163 541.14 145.06 ∅10C/C140
S9 RR 16.5 Mxf 28.00 130 0.006887 895.27 87.68 ∅10 C/C80

3-3. 1.1 RL 7 Mxs 6.87 130 0.001585 206.03 381.02 ∅10C/C300


RR 4.03 Mxf 1.62 130 0.000368 47.90 1638.81 ∅10C/C300
A-A 0.8 RL 5.5 Mxs 130

24 June 2008 51
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

RR 5.5 Mxf 4.50 130 0.001031 134.08 585.46 ∅10C/C300

B-B 2.2 RL 11 Mxs 130


RR 11 Mxf 9.00 130 0.002088 271.50 289.13 ∅10C/C280

C-C 1.4 RL 5.5 Mxs 130

RR 5.5 Mxf 4.50 130 0.001031 134.08 585.46 ∅10C/C300

1-1. & 1.4 RL 15.61 Mxs 9.37 130 0.002177 282.96 277.42 ∅10C/C270
S10 A-A RR 9.37 Mxf 5.26 130 0.001208 157.05 499.84 ∅10C/C300
Note: Detail of reinforcement of each strip is attached on the last page of this report.

4.2 Load transfer to frames

4.2.1 Vertical loads


1. Load on beam along axis C: The transferred design loads are distributed over the central
75% of the span length. But it can be converted to be distributed over the whole span
length such as moments at supports remain the same.

The conversion factor is given below:


W= (117/128)*Wt; where W=transferred load over 75% &Wt=the new transferred load.
The converted design loads are given below

24 June 2008 52
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

2. Load on beam along axis 4

Sketch of load transferred

24 June 2008 53
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

axis beam Total load (KN/m) On each axis

D-E 14.727
1-1
E-F 13.433
2-2 B-D 13.786
B-D 13.786
D-E 14.727
3-3
E-F 35.764
A-C 12.144
C-E 23.013
4-4
E-F 36.242
A-C 12.144
C-E 15.342
5-5
E-F 15.087
4-5 14.168
A-A
3-
B-B 2-3 13.786
C-C 4-5 44.467
2-3
D-D
4-5 48.548
3-4 13.031
E-E
1-3 48.353
4-5 16.828
3-4 24.185
F-F
1-3 14.983
G-G 3-4 6.693

4.2.2 Horizontal loads (Earthquake)


The following are the main procedure for determination of earth quake force.
A) Calculation of base shear
B) distribution of base shear over height of the building
C) Distribution of storey shear in to the lateral force resisting systems of the building
A) Determination of base shear
Base shear force (Fb) can be determined
Fb=Sd (T1) W,
Where Sd (T1) =ordinate of the design spectrum
W=seismic dead load, obtained as the total permanent load plus 25%of the floor live load, for
storage and ware house occupation

24 June 2008 54
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Sd (T1) = β α γ, Where α =the ratio of the design bed rock acceleration to acceleration of
gravity and is given by; α = α oI, Where α o=the bed rock acceleration ratio for the site and
depends on the seismic zone as given in table 1.1 of EBCS -8, 1995(10)
Zone 4 3 2 1
αo 0.1 0.07 0.05 0.03
Since our building is zone -4 the value of αo =0.1
I=the important factor of the building, from table 2.4 EBCS -8, 95 Since our building is
apartment building under category –II of EBCS-8;therefore,I=1.2,where α = α oI=0.1*1.2=0.12
β =the design response factor for the site which is given

S=Site coefficient for soil characteristics (11)


Sub soil class A B C
S 1.0 1.2 1.5
Since our site is located in Mekelle city around Adi hawsi which is sand and gravel of dense soil.
So it is a sub soil class-A.i.e.S=1.0
T1=C1H3/4, Where; T1=Fundamental period of vibration of the structure
H=height of the building above the base in meters which is H=21.65m
C1=0.075 for RC moment resisting frames and eccentricity braced steel frames

T1=C1H3/4=0.075*(21.65)3/4=0.753 and
γ=γoKDKRKW ≤ 0.7Where γ=behavior factor to account for energy dissipation capacity
γo=basic type of behavior factor which depends on the structural type table 3.2 EBCS-8, 95
γo=0.2 since it is our building frame system, KD=factor reflecting the ductility class
35-38, DC”M”=>KD=1.5, KR=factors reflecting the structural regularity in elevation 38.since our
building is a regular structure, KR=1.0&KW=Factor reflecting the prevailing mode in structural
systems with walls 38.since our building is frame KW=1.0
γ=0.2*1.5*1.0*1=0.3
Sd (T1) =γ β α =0.3*1.45*.12=0.0522, Then
Fb=Sd (T1) W=0.0522W Where W=11035.522kN
Fb=11035.522*0.0522=576.054KN
B) Distribution of base shear over height of the building
The base shear force shall be distributed over the height of a structure, at each floor level as
follow.

24 June 2008 55
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Where, Fi=the concentrated lateral force acting at floor 1


Ft =a concentrated extra force at the top of the building
For T>0.7 sec Ft=0
Wi, Wj=total weight at level i or j; hi, hj=height above the base to level i or j respectively
Table4.3.2.1shear distribution over height of the building
Level Fb-Ft hi Wi Wihi Fi
0 579.0522 1.55 709.8208 1100.2 5.0779
3.6 579.0522 5.15 1979.919 10197 47.061
6.9 579.0522 8.45 2048.581 17311 79.894
10.2 579.0522 11.75 2048.581 24071 111.09
13.5 579.0522 15.05 2020.584 30410 140.35
16.8 579.0522 18.35 1776.309 32595 150.44
20.1 579.0522 21.65 451.726 9779.9 45.137

C) Distribution of floor level shear to each frame (Axis)


To calculate the distribution of the lateral story shear to each frame elements first let’s
calculate the center of mass & center of stiffness of the frame system.
1. Determination of the Center of Mass of the Frame System
Center of mass is a point on a floor level where the whole mass and its inertial effects can be

replaced using a lumped equivalent mass as follow.


Where; Xm, Ym=the coordinate of the point of application of Fi when the seismic acting is
parallel to the y-direction and x-direction respectively.Wi, WiXi, WiYi are calculated below as
tabular form.
Taking initial assumption for the section as follow
Beams
• Grade beams………………………… ………400 X 300 mm2
• All beams except Tie &Grade beam………… 300 X 500 mm2
• Tie beams……………………………………… 250 X 250 mm2
Columns
• Exterior columns except 4th floor columns……350 X 350 mm2
• Interior columns except 4th floor columns…….400 X 400 mm2
• 4th & last floor columns………………………250 X 250 mm2
24 June 2008 56
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table4.3.2.2Total mass & Center Mass of foundation column


Location length width thickness weight X Y WX WY
S2 1.65 0.30 0.30 3.56 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
S1 1.65 0.35 0.35 4.85 5.80 0.00 28.14 0.00
S1 1.65 0.35 0.35 4.85 9.00 0.00 43.66 0.00
S4 1.65 0.30 0.30 3.56 14.80 0.00 52.75 0.00
S2 1.65 0.30 0.30 3.56 0.00 5.20 0.00 18.53
S3 1.65 0.35 0.35 4.85 5.80 5.20 28.14 25.23
S4 1.65 0.35 0.35 4.85 9.00 5.20 43.66 25.23
S4 1.65 0.30 0.30 3.56 14.80 5.20 52.75 18.53
S5 1.65 0.30 0.30 3.56 0.00 9.80 0.00 34.93
S5 1.65 0.35 0.35 4.85 4.40 9.80 21.34 47.54
S8 1.65 0.35 0.35 4.85 5.80 11.20 28.14 54.33
S8 1.65 0.35 0.35 4.85 9.00 11.20 43.66 54.33
S7 1.65 0.30 0.30 3.56 14.80 11.20 52.75 39.92
S10 * 1.65 3.14 0.02 2.80 2.80 12.80 7.83 35.81
1.65 0.30 0.30 3.56 5.80 15.60 20.67 55.60
S9 1.65 0.30 0.30 3.56 9.00 15.60 32.08 55.60
S9 1.65 0.30 0.30 3.56 14.80 15.60 52.75 55.60
S1 * 1.65 3.14 0.02 2.80 5.80 -1.35 16.23 -3.78
S1 * 1.65 3.14 0.02 2.80 9.00 -1.35 25.18 -3.78
S= 74.43 549.71 513.62

Table4.3.2.3 Total mass & Center Mass of Grade Beam


Location
Axis
Section Length width thickness Weight x y Wx Wy
3-4 F-F 3.2 0.3 0.5 11.52 7.4 -1.35 85.248 -15.552
1-3 E-E 5.8 0.3 0.5 20.88 2.9 0 60.552 0
4-6 E-E 5.8 0.3 0.5 20.88 11.9 0 248.472 0
1-1 D-E 5.2 0.3 0.5 18.72 0 2.6 0 48.672
6-6 D-E 5.2 0.3 0.5 18.72 14.8 2.6 277.056 48.672
1-1 D-C 4.6 0.3 0.5 16.56 0 7.5 0 124.2
6-6 D-B 6 0.3 0.5 21.6 14.8 8.2 319.68 177.12
1-2 C-C 4.4 0.3 0.5 15.84 2.2 9.8 34.848 155.232
2-3 C-B 2 0.3 0.5 7.2 5.1 10.5 36.72 75.6
3-3 B-A 4.4 0.3 0.5 15.84 5.8 13.4 91.872 212.256
3-4 A-A 3.2 0.3 0.5 11.52 7.4 15.6 85.248 179.712
4-4 B-A 4.4 0.3 0.5 15.84 9 13.4 142.56 212.256
3-4 B-B 3.2 0.3 0.5 11.52 7.4 11.2 85.248 129.024
4-6 A-A 5.8 0.3 0.5 20.88 12.6 15.6 263.088 325.728
6-6 B-A 4.4 0.3 0.5 15.84 14.8 13.4 234.432 212.256
Sum 243.36 1965.02 1885.18
24 June 2008 57
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table4.3.2.4 Total mass& Center Mass of Ground floor Column


Location length width thickness weight X Y WX WY
S2 3.45 0.3 0.3 7.452 0 0 0 0
S1 3.45 0.35 0.35 10.143 5.8 0 58.8294 0
S1 3.45 0.35 0.35 10.143 9 0 91.287 0
S4 3.45 0.3 0.3 7.452 14.8 0 110.29 0
S2 3.45 0.3 0.3 7.452 0 5.2 0 38.7504
S3 3.45 0.35 0.35 10.143 5.8 5.2 58.8294 52.7436
S4 3.45 0.35 0.35 10.143 9 5.2 91.287 52.7436
S4 3.45 0.3 0.3 7.452 14.8 5.2 110.29 38.7504
S5 3.45 0.3 0.3 7.452 0 9.8 0 73.0296
S5 3.45 0.35 0.35 10.143 4.4 9.8 44.6292 99.4014
S8 3.45 0.35 0.35 10.143 5.8 11.2 58.8294 113.602
S8 3.45 0.35 0.35 10.143 9 11.2 91.287 113.602
S7 3.45 0.3 0.3 7.452 14.8 11.2 110.29 83.4624
S10 * 3.45 3.14 0.0225 5.84982 2.8 12.8 16.3795 74.8777
3.45 0.3 0.3 7.452 5.8 15.6 43.2216 116.251
S9 3.45 0.3 0.3 7.452 9 15.6 67.068 116.251
S9 3.45 0.3 0.3 7.452 14.8 15.6 110.29 116.251
S1 * 3.45 3.14 0.0225 5.84982 5.8 -1.35 33.929 -7.8973
S1 * 3.45 3.14 0.0225 5.84982 9 -1.35 52.6484 -7.8973
Sum 155.618 1149.38 1073.92

Table4.3.2.5 Total mass & Center Mass of Column (1st, 2nd, 3rd) Floors
Location Thickness
Axis section Length(m) Width(m) (m) Weight(KN) X(m) Y(m) WX WY
1-3 E-E 3.15 0.3 0.3 6.804 0 0 0 0
3-3 E-E 3.15 0.35 0.35 9.261 5.8 0 53.7138 0
4-4 E-E 3.15 0.35 0.35 9.261 9 0 83.349 0
6-6 E-E 3.15 0.3 0.3 6.804 14.8 0 100.699 0
1-1 D-D 3.15 0.3 0.3 6.804 0 5.2 0 35.3808
3-3 D-D 3.15 0.35 0.35 9.261 5.8 5.2 53.7138 48.1572
4-4 D-D 3.15 0.35 0.35 9.261 9 5.2 83.349 48.1572
6-6 D-D 3.15 0.3 0.3 6.804 14.8 5.2 100.699 35.3808
1-1 C'-C' 3.15 0.3 0.3 6.804 0 9.8 0 66.6792
2-2 C'-C' 3.15 0.35 0.35 9.261 4.4 9.8 40.7484 90.7578
3-3 B-B 3.15 0.35 0.35 9.261 5.8 11.2 53.7138 103.723
4-4 B-B 3.15 0.35 0.35 9.261 9 11.2 83.349 103.723
6-6 B-B 3.15 0.3 0.3 6.804 14.8 11.2 100.699 76.2048
3-3 A-A 3.15 0.3 0.3 6.804 5.8 15.6 39.4632 106.142
4-4 A-A 3.15 0.3 0.3 6.804 9 15.6 61.236 106.142
6-6 A-A 3.15 0.3 0.3 6.804 14.8 15.6 100.699 106.142
S10 * 3.15 3.14 0.0225 5.34114 2.8 12.7 14.9552 67.8325
S1 * 3.15 3.14 0.0225 5.34114 5.8 -1.35 30.9786 -7.2105
S1 * 3.15 3.14 0.0225 5.34114 5.8 -1.35 30.9786 -7.2105
Sum 142.0864 970.388 987.213

24 June 2008 58
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table4.3.2.6 Total mass & Center Mass of 4th Floor Column


Location length width thickness weight X Y WX WY
axis section (m) (m) (m) (kN)
1-3 E-E 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 0 0 0 0
3-3 E-E 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 5.8 0 27.405 0
4-4 E-E 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 9 0 42.525 0
6-6 E-E 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 14.8 0 69.93 0
1-1 D-D 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 0 5.2 0 24.57
3-3 D-D 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 5.8 5.2 27.405 24.57
4-4 D-D 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 9 5.2 42.525 24.57
6-6 D-D 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 14.8 5.2 69.93 24.57
1-1 C'-C' 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 0 9.8 0 46.305
2-2 C'-C' 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 4.4 9.8 20.79 46.305
3-3 B-B 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 5.8 11.2 27.405 52.92
4-4 B-B 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 9 11.2 42.525 52.92
6-6 B-B 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 14.8 11.2 69.93 52.92
3-3 A-A 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 5.8 15.6 27.405 73.71
4-4 A-A 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 9 15.6 42.525 73.71
6-6 A-A 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 14.8 15.6 69.93 73.71
S10 * 3.15 3.14 0.0225 5.34114 2.8 12.8 14.9552 68.3666
S1 * 3.15 0.25 0.0225 0.42525 5.8 -1.35 2.46645 -0.5741
3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 5.8 -1.35 27.405 -6.3788
Sum= 86.09139 625.057 632.194

Table4.3.2.7 Total mass & Center Mass of Beam (1st, 2nd, 3rd) Floors
Location
axis section Length Width Thickness Weight X Y WX WY
1-2 E-E 5.5 0.25 0.35 11.55 2.75 0 31.7625 0
3-4 E-E 2.85 0.25 0.35 5.985 7.4 0 44.289 0
4-6 E-E 5.5 0.25 0.35 11.55 11.9 0 137.445 0
1-2 D-D 5.5 0.25 0.35 11.55 2.75 5.2 31.7625 60.06
3-4 D-D 2.85 0.25 0.35 5.985 7.4 5.2 44.289 31.122
4-6 D-D 5.5 0.25 0.35 11.55 11.9 5.2 137.445 60.06
1-2 C'-C' 4.1 0.25 0.35 8.61 2.05 9.8 17.6505 84.378
2-3 C'-B 2 0.25 0.35 4.2 5.1 10.5 21.42 44.1
3-4 B-B 2.85 0.25 0.35 5.985 7.4 11.2 44.289 67.032
4-6 B-B 5.5 0.25 0.35 11.55 11.9 11.2 137.445 129.36
3-4 A-A 2.9 0.25 0.35 6.09 7.4 15.6 45.066 95.004
4-6 A-A 5.5 0.25 0.35 11.55 11.9 15.6 137.445 180.18
1-1 E-D 4.9 0.25 0.35 10.29 0 2.6 0 26.754
1-1 D-C' 4.3 0.25 0.35 9.03 0 7.5 0 67.725
3-3 E-D 4.9 0.25 0.35 10.29 5.8 2.6 59.682 26.754
3-3 D-B 5.65 0.25 0.35 11.865 5.8 8.2 68.817 97.293
3-3 B-A 4.1 0.25 0.35 8.61 5.8 13.4 49.938 115.374
4-4 E-D 4.9 0.25 0.35 10.29 9 2.6 92.61 26.754
4-4 D-B 5.65 0.25 0.35 11.865 9 8.2 106.785 97.293
24 June 2008 59
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

4-4 B-A 4.1 0.25 0.35 8.61 9 13.4 77.49 115.374


6-6 E-D 4.9 0.25 0.35 10.29 14.8 2.6 152.292 26.754
6-6 D-B 5.65 0.25 0.35 11.865 14.8 8.2 175.602 97.293
6-6 B-A 4.1 0.25 0.35 8.61 14.8 13.4 127.428 115.374
∑ = 217.77 1740.95 1564.04

Table4.3.2.8 Total mass & Center Mass of Tie Beam


Location
axis section Length Width Thickness Weight X Y WX WY
1-6 E-E 10.4 0.25 0.25 15.6 7.4 0 115.44 0
1-1 E-C' 9.2 0.25 0.25 13.8 0 4.9 0 67.62
1-3 D-D 5.475 0.25 0.25 8.2125 2.85 5.2 23.4056 42.705
4-6 D-D 5.475 0.25 0.25 8.2125 11.74 5.2 96.4148 42.705
6-6 B-E 10.6 0.25 0.25 15.9 14.8 5.6 235.32 89.04
5-6 C-C 4.4 0.25 0.25 6.6 12.6 9.2 83.16 60.72
5-5 B-D 5.625 0.25 0.25 8.4375 10.4 7.2 87.75 60.75
3-6 B-B 8.35 0.25 0.25 12.525 10 11.2 125.25 140.28
1-2 C'-C' 4.1 0.25 0.25 6.15 2.2 9.8 13.53 60.27
2-3 B-C 2 0.25 0.25 3 5.1 10.5 15.3 31.5
3-3 A-B 4.1 0.25 0.25 6.15 5.8 13.4 35.67 82.41
4-4 A-B 4.1 0.25 0.25 6.15 9 13.4 55.35 82.41
3-6 A-A 8.4 0.25 0.25 12.6 10.3 15.6 129.78 196.56
∑ = 123.3375 1016.37 956.97

Table4.3.2.9 Total mass & Center Mass of Partition Wall (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th) Floor
Location Length Width Height U.W Weight X Y WX WY
E-E 5.5 0.2 2.8 14 43.12 2.75 0 118.58 0
5.5 0.2 2.8 14 43.12 11.2 0 480.79 0
D-D 5.5 0.2 2.8 14 43.12 2.75 5.2 118.58 224.22
3.4 0.2 2.8 14 26.656 10.7 5.2 285.22 138.61
C-C 4.2 0.2 3.15 14 37.044 10.6 9.2 392.67 340.8
4.15 0.2 2.8 14 32.536 2.2 9.8 71.579 318.85
B-B 5.5 0.1 2.8 14 21.56 12.1 11.2 260.34 241.47
1.35 0.2 2.8 14 10.584 5.1 11.2 53.978 118.54
A-A 5.5 0.2 2.8 14 43.12 11.2 15.6 480.79 672.67
1.-1. 4.9 0.2 2.8 14 38.416 0 2.6 0 99.882
4.3 0.2 2.8 14 33.712 0 7.35 0 247.78
2.-2. 1.15 0.2 2.8 14 9.016 4.4 10.53 39.67 94.893
3.-3. 4.1 0.2 2.8 14 32.144 5.8 13.4 186.44 430.73
4.-4. 4.1 0.2 2.8 14 32.144 9 13.4 289.3 430.73
5.-5. 2.65 0.2 3.15 14 23.373 10.4 6.55 243.08 153.09

24 June 2008 60
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

2 0.2 3.15 14 17.64 10.4 10.2 183.46 179.93


6.-6. 4.9 0.2 2.8 14 38.416 14.8 2.6 568.56 99.882
5.7 0.2 2.8 14 44.688 14.8 8.2 661.38 366.44
4.1 0.2 2.8 14 32.144 14.8 13.4 475.73 430.73
S2 1.5 0.1 3.15 14 6.615 0.85 2.6 5.6228 17.199
4.2 0.1 3.15 14 18.522 2.45 2.2 45.379 40.748
S3 5.4 0.2 3.15 14 47.628 7.4 2.65 352.45 126.21
S4 1.5 0.1 3.15 14 6.615 12 0.95 79.049 6.2843
2.7 0.2 3.15 14 23.814 13.5 2.5 321.49 59.535
2.5 0.2 3.15 14 22.05 12 3.85 264.6 84.893
S5 3.2 0.1 0.8 14 3.584 5.8 6.5 20.787 23.296
S6 3 0.1 0.8 14 3.36 7.4 8.1 24.864 27.216
S7 3 0.1 0.8 14 3.36 9 8.1 30.24 27.216
S8 3.2 0.1 0.8 14 3.584 7.4 9.8 26.522 35.123
S10 2.7 0.1 0.8 14 3.024 2.85 11.4 8.6184 34.474
2.7 0.1 0.8 14 3.024 4.3 11.85 13.003 35.834
∑ = 747.73 6102.7 5107.3

Table4.3.2.10 Total mass & Center Mass of Partition on Ground Floor


Location Length Width Height U.W Weight X Y Wx Wy
E-E 2.7 0.2 2.8 14 21.168 2.73 0 57.683 0
2.7 0.2 2.8 14 21.168 11.7 0 248.19 0
D-D 5.475 0.2 2.8 14 42.924 2.73 5.2 116.97 223.2
5.475 0.2 2.8 14 42.924 11.7 5.2 503.28 223.2
C-C 3.1 0.2 3.15 14 27.342 13.3 9.8 362.28 267.95
4 0.2 2.8 14 31.36 2.2 9.8 68.992 307.33
B-B 3.1 0.2 2.8 14 24.304 13.3 11.2 322.03 272.2
1.1 0.2 2.8 14 8.624 5.1 11.2 43.982 96.589
1.1 0.2 2.8 14 8.624 9.7 11.2 83.653 96.589
A-A 5.5 0.2 2.8 14 43.12 11.9 15.6 513.13 672.67
2.9 0.2 1 14 8.12 7.4 15.6 60.088 126.67
2.-2. 1.2 0.2 1.8 14 6.048 4.4 10.5 26.611 63.504
3.-3. 4.1 0.2 2.8 14 32.144 5.8 14 186.44 450.02
4 0.2 2.8 14 31.36 5.8 2 181.89 62.72
4.-4. 4.1 0.2 2.8 14 32.144 9 10.5 289.3 337.51
5.-5. 10.1 0.2 3.15 14 89.082 10.4 10.4 926.45 926.45
6.-6. 4.1 0.2 2.8 14 32.144 14.8 10.5 475.73 337.51
6 0.2 2.8 14 47.04 14.8 8.2 696.19 385.73
4.9 0.2 2.8 14 38.416 14.8 2.6 568.56 99.882
S3 0.5 0.2 3.15 14 4.41 6.05 1.2 26.681 5.292
0.5 0.2 3.15 14 4.41 8.35 1.2 36.824 5.292
∑ = 596.88 5794.9 4960.3

24 June 2008 61
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table4.3.2.11 Total mass & Center Mass of Slab


Description Length Width Height U.Weight Weight X Y WX WY
S1 3.2 1.35 0.15 24 15.55 7.4 0.675 115.09 10.50
S2 5.8 5.2 0.15 24 108.6 2.9 3.95 314.87 428.88
S3 3.2 5.2 0.15 24 59.9 7.4 3.95 443.29 236.62
S4 5.8 5.2 0.15 24 108.6 11.9 3.95 1292.05 428.88
S5 5.8 4.6 0.15 24 96.05 2.9 8.85 278.54 850.02
S6 3.2 1.3 0.15 24 14.98 7.4 7.2 110.82 107.83
S7 5.8 6 0.15 24 125.3 11.9 9.55 1490.83 1196.42
S8 3.2 1.3 0.15 24 14.98 7.4 11.8 110.82 176.72
S9 5.8 4.4 0.15 24 91.87 11.9 14.95 1093.28 1373.49
S10 3 3 0.15 24 32.4 4.3 7.45 139.32 241.38
∑ = 668.2 5388.91 5050.73

Table4.3.2.12 Total mass & Center Mass of Plastering


Description Length Width Weight er(m2) Weight X Y WX WY
S1 3.2 1.35 0.345 1.49 7.4 0.68 11.03 1.01
S2 5.8 5.2 0.345 10.41 2.9 3.95 30.18 41.10
S3 3.2 5.2 0.345 5.741 7.4 3.95 42.48 22.68
S4 5.8 5.2 0.345 10.41 11.9 3.95 123.80 41.10
S5 5.8 4.6 0.345 9.205 2.9 8.85 26.69 81.46
S6 3.2 1.3 0.345 1.435 7.4 7.2 10.62 10.33
S7 5.8 6 0.345 12.01 11.9 9.55 142.90 114.66
S8 3.2 1.3 0.345 1.435 7.4 11.8 10.62 16.94
S9 5.8 4.4 0.345 8.804 11.9 15 104.80 131.63
S10 3 3 0.345 3.105 4.3 7.45 13.35 23.13
∑ = 64.03 516.40 484.03

Table4.3.2.13 Total mass & Center Mass of Cement screed


Description Length Width Weight per (m2) Weight x Y WX WY
S1 3.2 1.35 0.575 2.484 7.4 0.68 18.38 1.68
S2 5.8 5.2 0.575 17.34 2.9 3.95 50.29 68.50
S3 3.2 5.2 0.575 9.568 7.4 3.95 70.80 37.79
S4 5.8 5.2 0.575 17.34 11.9 3.95 206.40 68.50
S5 5.8 4.6 0.575 15.34 2.9 8.85 44.49 135.77
S6 3.2 1.3 0.575 2.392 7.4 7.2 17.70 17.22
S7 5.8 6 0.575 20.01 11.9 9.55 238.10 191.10
S8 3.2 1.3 0.575 2.392 7.4 11.8 17.70 28.23
S9 5.8 4.4 0.575 14.67 11.9 15 174.60 219.38
S10 3 3 0.575 5.175 4.3 7.45 22.25 38.55
∑ = 106.7 860.7 806.71

24 June 2008 62
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table4.3.2.14 Total mass & Center Mass of Floor Finishing


Description Length Width Weight per (m2) Weight X Y WX WY
S1 3.2 1.35 0.55 2.376 7.4 0.68 17.58 1.6038
S2 5.8 5.2 0.55 16.59 2.9 3.95 48.11 65.523
S3 3.2 5.2 0.55 9.152 7.4 3.95 67.72 36.15
S4 5.8 5.2 0.55 16.59 11.9 3.95 197.4 65.523
S5 5.8 4.6 0.55 14.67 2.9 8.85 42.55 129.86
S6 3.2 1.3 0.55 2.288 7.4 7.2 16.93 16.474
S7 5.8 6 0.55 19.14 11.9 9.55 227.8 182.79
S8 3.2 1.3 0.55 2.288 7.4 11.8 16.93 26.998
S9 5.8 4.4 0.55 14.04 11.9 15 167 209.84
S10 3 3 0.55 4.95 4.3 7.45 21.29 36.878
∑ = 102.1 823.3 771.64

Table4.3.2.15 Total mass & Center Mass of for the Last Floor Column
Location
axis section Length Width Thickness Weight X Y WX WY
D-D 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 5.8 5.2 27.41 24.57
3'-3' B-B 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 5.8 11.2 27.41 52.92
A-A 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 5.8 15.6 27.41 73.71
D-D 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 9 5.2 42.53 24.57
4'-4' B-B 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 9 11.2 42.53 52.92
A-A 3.15 0.25 0.25 4.725 9 15.6 42.53 73.71
∑ = 28.35 209.8 302.4

Table4.3.2.16 Total mass & Center Mass of last Beam


Location
axis section Length Width Thickness Weight X Y WX WY
3'-3' B-D 5.75 0.25 0.15 5.175 5.8 8.2 30.02 42.435
A-B 4.15 0.25 0.15 3.735 5.8 13.4 21.66 50.049
4'-4' B-D 5.75 0.25 0.15 5.175 9 8.2 46.58 42.435
A-B 4.15 0.25 0.15 3.735 9 13.4 33.62 50.049
∑ = 17.82 131.9 184.97

Table4.3.2.17 Total mass & Center Mass of Slab


Location Length width thickness weight X Y WX WY
stair case 6 3.2 0.15 132.48 7.4 8.2 980.4 1086.3
open down 4.4 3.2 0.15 97.152 7.4 13.4 718.9 1301.8
∑ = 229.63 1699 2388.2

Table4.3.2.18Total mass & Center Mass of Partition & Parapet wall


Location Length Width Thickness Weight X Y WX WY
3'-3' 6.15 0.2 3.05 52.521 5.8 8.2 304.6 430.67
4.15 0.2 3.05 35.441 5.8 13.4 205.6 474.91
4'-4' 6.15 0.2 3.05 52.521 9 8.2 472.7 430.67
4.15 0.2 3.05 35.441 9 13.4 319 474.91
∑ = 175.9 1302 1811

24 June 2008 63
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table4.3.2.19 Total mass & Center Mass of Roof


Location Weight X Y WX WY Remark
L1 1.867 3.87 0 7.23 0.00 Left truss
T2 1.867 3.87 1.4 7.23 2.61 Left truss
T3 1.867 3.87 2.8 7.23 5.23 Left truss
T4 1.867 3.87 4.2 7.23 7.84 Left truss
T5 1.867 3.87 5.6 7.23 10.46 Left truss
T6 1.867 3.87 7 7.23 13.07 Left truss
T7 1.867 3.87 8.4 7.23 15.68 Left truss
T8 1.867 3.87 9.8 7.23 18.30 Left truss
T'1 1.867 10.93 0 20.41 0.00 Right truss
T'2 1.867 10.93 1.4 20.41 2.61 Right truss
T'3 1.867 10.93 2.8 20.41 5.23 Right truss
T'4 1.867 10.93 4.2 20.41 7.84 Right truss
T'5 1.867 10.93 5.6 20.41 10.46 Right truss
T'6 1.867 10.93 7 20.41 13.07 Right truss
T'7 1.867 10.93 8.4 20.41 15.68 Right truss
T'8 1.867 10.93 9.8 20.41 18.30 Right truss
T'9 1.867 10.93 11.2 20.41 20.91 Right truss
T'10 1.867 10.93 12.6 20.41 23.52 Right truss
T'11 1.867 10.93 14 20.41 26.14 Right truss
T'12 1.867 10.93 15.4 20.41 28.75 Right truss
P1 0.193 0 5 0.00 0.97 Left purlin
P2 0.193 0.87 5 0.17 0.97 Left purlin
P3 0.193 1.74 5 0.34 0.97 Left purlin
P4 0.193 2.61 5 0.50 0.97 Left purlin
P5 0.193 3.48 5 0.67 0.97 Left purlin
P6 0.193 4.35 5 0.84 0.97 Left purlin
P7 0.193 5.22 5 1.01 0.97 Left purlin
P8 0.193 6.09 5 1.18 0.97 Left purlin
P1 0.301 9 7.8 2.71 2.35 Right purlin
P2 0.301 9.87 7.8 2.97 2.35 Right purlin
P3 0.301 10.74 7.8 3.23 2.35 Right purlin
P4 0.301 11.61 7.8 3.50 2.35 Right purlin
P5 0.301 12.48 7.8 3.76 2.35 Right purlin
P6 0.301 13.35 7.8 4.02 2.35 Right purlin
P7 0.301 14.22 7.8 4.28 2.35 Right purlin
P8 0.301 15.09 7.8 4.54 2.35 Right purlin
USG1 1.397 2.9 4.9 4.05 6.85 Left Roof
USG2 2.225 11.9 7.8 26.47 17.35 Right Roof c
Chip
Wood 9.28 7.4 4.9 68.67 45.47
0.93 9.6 10.5 8.93 9.77
1.633 11.9 13.4 19.44 21.89
Flat Roof 162.9 7.4 7.8 1205.19 1270.30
32.4 4.3 11.3 139.32 366.12
∑ =252 1808.47 2010.00

24 June 2008 64
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table4.3.2.20 Wi, Xm, Ym


Elevation Wi Wx Wy Xm Ym
0 694 5412.2 5909.521 7.798 8.515
3.6 1980 16339 14741.53 8.252 7.446
6.9 2049 16403 14771.66 8.007 7.211
10.2 2049 16403 14771.66 8.007 7.211
13.5 2021 15942 14594.15 7.89 7.223
16.8 1776 14091 12949.81 7.933 7.29
20.1 451.7 3342.8 4686.704 7.4 10.375
∑ = 11020

2. Determination for the Center Stiffness


The earthquake calculation has to be made in two orthogonal direction of the building system.
Column Stiffness
The column stiffness Kxc and Kyc can be calculated as

Since our building geometry is almost square we have select as square column for initial
assumption as 30cmx30cm for exterior
35cmx35cm for interior b=h
25cmx25cm for 4th floor
Then Kxc= Kyc= h4/12L
• For ground floor (L=3.6m)

• For 1st,2nd,3rd floor (L=3.3m)

• For 4th and last floor (L=3.3m)

Beam Stiffness
Beam stiffness can be calculated as

24 June 2008 65
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Using tabular form, calculations of k, α and D-values of the columns in each frame in the X-
Direction can be calculated.
Dixc= α kixc and Diyc= α kiyc
α is a coefficient which depends on the nature of connection of the column considered on its
top and bottom ends in addition to the stiffness of the beams connected to it. And it is calculated
as.

And k can computed as

Table4.3.2.21 stiffness of beams


Level Location Width (m) Depth(m) Length(m) Kxc=Kyc(m3)
Foundation Exterior 0.3 0.3 1.65 0.0004091
Column Interior 0.35 0.35 1.65 0.0007579
Ground Exterior 0.3 0.3 3.6 0.0001875
Interior 0.35 0.35 3.6 0.0003474
1st-3rd Exterior 0.3 0.3 3.3 0.0002045
Floor Interior 0.35 0.35 3.3 0.0003789
4th-last Exterior 0.25 0.25 3.3 9.86E-05
Floor Interior 0.25 0.25 3.3 9.86E-05

Location
Level Beam Width(m) Depth(m) Length(m) Kb(m3)
1st 1'-3' 0.25 0.5 5.8 0.0008681
2nd 4'-6'
3rd 1-3' 0.25 0.5 3 0.000449
& 3'-4 0.25 0.5 3.2 0.0008138
4th E-F 0.25 0.5 1.35 0.001929
D-E 0.25 0.5 5.2 0.0005008
C-D 0.25 0.5 4.6 0.0005661
B-D 0.25 0.5 6 0.000434
A'-C 0.25 0.5 3 0.0008681
A-B 0.25 0.5 4.4 0.0005919
G 1'-3' 0.3 0.4 5.8 0.0002759
R 4'-6'
A 1-3' 0.3 0.4 3 0.0005333
D 3'-4 0.3 0.4 3.2 0.0005
E E-F 0.3 0.4 1.35 0.0011852
D-E 0.3 0.4 5.2 0.0003077
B C-D 0.3 0.4 4.6 0.0003478
E B-D 0.3 0.4 6 0.0002667
A A'-C 0.3 0.4 3 0.0005333
M A-B 0.3 0.4 4.4 0.0003636
1'-3' 0.25 0.25 5.8 5.61E-05
T 4'-6' 0
I 1-3' 0.25 0.25 3 0.0001085

24 June 2008 66
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

E 3'-4 0.25 0.25 3.2 0.0001017


E-F 0.25 0.25 1.35 0.0002411
B D-E 0.25 0.25 5.2 6.26E-05
E C-D 0.25 0.25 4.6 7.08E-05
A B-D 0.25 0.25 6 5.43E-05
M A'-C 0.25 0.25 3 0.0001085
A-B 0.25 0.25 4.4 7.40E-05

Table4.3.2.22 Stiffness of Column & Beam


Location
Level axis column k1 k2 k3 k4 kc k Α
1-1. 1-E 0.000308 0 0.00041 0.000154 0.25006
1-D 0.000348 0.000308 0.00041 0.000328 0.25012
1-C 0 0.000348 0.00041 0.000174 0.25007
3-3. 3-F 0.001185 0 0.00041 0.000593 0.25022
3-E 0.000308 0.001185 0.00076 0.000746 0.25028
3-D 5.43E-05 0.000308 0.00076 0.000181 0.25007
F 3-B 7.40E-05 5.43E-05 0.00076 6.41E-05 0.25002
o 3-A 0 7.40E-05 0.00041 3.70E-05 0.25001
u 4-4. 3-F 0.001185 0 0.00041 0.000593 0.25022
n 3-E 0.000308 0.001185 0.00076 0.000746 0.25028
d 3-D 5.43E-05 0.000308 0.00076 0.000181 0.25007
a 3-B 7.40E-05 5.43E-05 0.00076 6.41E-05 0.25002
3-A 0 7.40E-05 0.00041 3.70E-05 0.25001
t
6-6. 3-E 0.000308 0 0.00041 0.000154 0.25006
i
o 3-D 0.000267 0.000308 0.00076 0.000287 0.25011
n 3-B 7.40E-05 0.000267 0.00076 0.00017 0.25006
3-A 0 7.40E-05 0.00041 3.70E-05 0.25001
F F-F 3-F 0 0.0005 0.00041 0.00025 0.25009
l 4-F 0.0005 0 0.00041 0.00025 0.25009
o E-E 1-E 0 0.000533 0.00041 0.000267 0.2501
o 3-E 0.000533 0.0005 0.00076 0.000517 0.25019
r 4-E 0.0005 0.000276 0.00076 0.000388 0.25015
6-E 0.000533 0 0.00041 0.000267 0.2501
D-D 1-D 0 0.000348 0.00041 0.000174 0.25007
3-D 0.000348 0.000267 0.00041 0.000307 0.25012
4-D 0.000267 0.001185 0.00041 0.000726 0.25027
6-D 0.000348 0 0.00076 0.000174 0.25007
B-B 1-B 0 5.61E-05 0.00076 2.81E-05 0.25001
3-B 5.61E-05 0 0.00041 2.81E-05 0.25001
4-B 0 0.000533 0.00041 0.000267 0.2501
6-B 5.61E-05 0 0.00041 2.81E-05 0.25001
3-A 0 0.0005 0.00041 0.00025 0.25009
A-A 4-A 0.0005 0.000276 0.00041 0.000388 0.25015
6-A 0.000276 0 0.00041 0.000138 0.25005
1-1. 1-E 0.000501 0 0.00031 0 0.00019 2.155983 0.51877
1-D 0.000566 0.000501 0.00035 0.00031 0.00019 4.593181 0.69666
1-C 0 0.000566 0 0.00035 0.00019 2.437198 0.54927
3-3. 3-F 0.001929 0 0.00119 0 0.00019 8.304527 0.80591
3-E 0.000501 0.001929 0.00031 0.00119 0.00035 5.646323 0.73844
3-D 0.000434 0.000501 5.40E-05 0.00031 0.00035 1.866578 0.48275
3-B 0.000592 0.000434 7.40E-05 5.40E-05 0.00035 1.66124 0.45374
3-A 0 0.000592 0 7.40E-05 0.00019 1.775568 0.47028
24 June 2008 67
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

4-4. 3-F 0.001929 0 0.00119 0 0.00019 8.304527 0.80591


3-E 0.000501 0.001929 0.00031 0.00119 0.00035 5.646323 0.73844
3-D 0.000434 0.000501 5.40E-05 0.00031 0.00035 1.866578 0.48275
3-B 0.000592 0.000434 7.40E-05 5.40E-05 0.00035 1.66124 0.45374
3-A 0 0.000592 0 7.40E-05 0.00019 1.775568 0.47028
G 6-6. 3-E 0.000501 0 0.00031 0 0.00019 2.155983 0.51877
r 3-D 0.000434 0.000501 0.00027 0.00031 0.00019 4.024501 0.66802
o 3-B 0.000592 0.000434 7.40E-05 0.00027 0.00019 3.644087 0.64565
u 3-A 0 0.000592 0 7.40E-05 0.00019 1.775568 0.47028
n F-F 3-F 0 0.000814 0 0.0005 0.00019 3.503472 0.63659
d
4-F 0.000814 0 0.0005 0 0.00019 3.503472 0.63659
E-E 1-E 0 0.000868 0 0.00053 0.00019 3.737037 0.65139
f
l 3-E 0.000868 0.000102 0.00053 0.0005 0.00019 5.341638 0.72758
o 4-E 0.000102 5.61E-05 0.0005 0.00028 0.00019 2.489898 0.55456
o 6-E 5.61E-05 0 0.00053 0 0.00019 1.571887 0.44007
r. D-D 1-D 0 0.000868 0 0.00035 0.00019 3.242351 0.61849
3-D 0.000868 0.000102 0.00035 0.00027 0.00035 2.280404 0.53275
4-D 0.000102 5.61E-05 0.00027 0.00119 0.00035 2.317005 0.53672
6-D 5.61E-05 0 0.00035 0 0.00019 1.077201 0.35006
B-B 1-B 0 0.000868 0 5.60E-05 0.00035 1.330265 0.39945
3-B 0.000868 0.000102 5.60E-05 0 0.00035 1.476688 0.42474
4-B 0.000102 5.61E-05 0 0.00053 0.00035 0.994889 0.3322
6-B 5.61E-05 0 5.60E-05 0 0.00019 0.29933 0.13018
3-A 0 0.000814 0 0.0005 0.00019 3.503472 0.63659
A-A 4-A 0.000814 0.000868 0.0005 0.00028 0.00019 6.553919 0.76619
6-A 0.000868 0 0.00028 0 0.00019 3.050447 0.604
1-1. 1-E 0.000501 0 0.0005 0 0.0002 2.448362 0.5504
1-D 0.000566 0.000501 0.00057 0.0005 0.0002 5.216075 0.72284
1-C 0 0.000566 0 0.00057 0.0002 2.767713 0.58051
3-3. 3-F 0.001929 0 0.00193 0 0.0002 9.430727 0.82503
3-E 0.000501 0.001929 0.0005 0.00193 0.00038 6.412036 0.76225
3-D 0.000434 0.000501 0.00043 0.0005 0.00038 2.466921 0.55226
3-B 0.000592 0.000434 0.00059 0.00043 0.00038 2.707205 0.57512
3-A 0 0.000592 0 0.00059 0.0002 2.893519 0.5913
4-4. 3-F 0.001929 0 0.00193 0 0.0002 9.430727 0.82503
3-E 0.000501 0.001929 0.0005 0.00193 0.00038 6.412036 0.76225
3-D 0.000434 0.000501 0.00043 0.0005 0.00038 2.466921 0.55226
3-B 0.000592 0.000434 0.00059 0.00043 0.00038 2.707205 0.57512
3-A 0 0.000592 0 0.00059 0.0002 2.893519 0.5913
6-6. 3-E 0.000501 0 0.0005 0 0.0002 2.448362 0.5504
3-D 0.000434 0.000501 0.00043 0.0005 0.0002 4.570275 0.6956
1st
2nd
3rd 3-B 0.000592 0.000434 0.00059 0.00043 0.0002 5.015432 0.71491
3-A 0 0.000592 0 0.00059 0.0002 2.893519 0.5913
F F-F 3-F 0 0.000814 0 0.00081 0.0002 3.978588 0.66547
l 4-F 0.000814 0 0.00081 0 0.0002 3.978588 0.66547
o E-E 1-E 0 0.000868 0 0.00087 0.0002 4.243827 0.67968
o 3-E 0.000868 0.000102 0.00087 0.0001 0.0002 4.741151 0.70331
r 4-E 0.000102 5.61E-05 0.0001 5.60E-05 0.0002 0.771709 0.27842
6-E 5.61E-05 0 5.60E-05 0 0.0002 0.274385 0.12064
D-D 1-D 0 0.000868 0 0.00087 0.0002 4.243827 0.67968
3-D 0.000868 0.000102 0.00087 0.0001 0.00038 2.559155 0.56132
4-D 0.000102 5.61E-05 0.0001 5.60E-05 0.00038 0.416549 0.17237
6-D 5.61E-05 0 5.60E-05 0 0.0002 0.274385 0.12064
24 June 2008 68
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

B-B 1-B 0 0.000868 0 0.00087 0.0002 4.243827 0.67968


3-B 0.000868 0.000102 0.00087 0.0001 0.00038 2.559155 0.56132
4-B 0.000102 5.61E-05 0.0001 5.60E-05 0.00038 0.416549 0.17237
6-B 5.61E-05 0 5.60E-05 0 0.0002 0.274385 0.12064
3-A 0 0.000814 0 0.00081 0.0002 3.978588 0.66547
A-A 4-A 0.000814 0.000868 0.00081 0.00087 0.0002 8.222415 0.80435
6-A 0.000868 0 0.00087 0 0.0002 4.243827 0.67968
1-1. 1-E 6.26E-05 0 0.0005 0 9.90E-05 2.855769 0.58812
1-D 7.08E-05 6.26E-05 0.00057 0.00031 9.90E-05 5.105199 0.71852
1-C 0 7.08E-05 0 0.00035 9.90E-05 2.121757 0.51477
3-3. 3-F 0.000241 0 0.00193 0 9.90E-05 11 0.84615
3-E 6.26E-05 0.000241 0.0005 0.00119 9.90E-05 10.08546 0.83451
3-D 5.43E-05 6.26E-05 0.00043 0.00031 9.90E-05 4.351939 0.68514
3-B 7.40E-05 5.43E-05 0.00059 5.40E-05 9.90E-05 3.925 0.66245
3-A 0 7.40E-05 0 7.40E-05 9.90E-05 0.75 0.27273
4-4. 3-F 0.000241 0 0.00193 0 9.90E-05 11 0.84615
3-E 6.26E-05 0.000241 0.0005 0.00119 9.90E-05 10.08546 0.83451
3-D 5.43E-05 6.26E-05 0.00043 0.00031 9.90E-05 4.351939 0.68514
3-B 7.40E-05 5.43E-05 0.00059 5.40E-05 9.90E-05 3.925 0.66245
3-A 0 7.40E-05 0 7.40E-05 9.90E-05 0.75 0.27273
6-6. 3-E 6.26E-05 0 0.0005 0 9.90E-05 2.855769 0.58812
3-D 5.43E-05 6.26E-05 0.00043 0.00031 9.90E-05 4.351939 0.68514
3-B 7.40E-05 5.43E-05 0.00059 0.00027 9.90E-05 5.00168 0.71435
4th 3-A 0 7.40E-05 0 7.40E-05 9.90E-05 0.75 0.27273
F-F 3-F 0 0.000102 0 0.0005 9.90E-05 3.050025 0.60396
F 4-F 0.000102 0 0.00081 0 9.90E-05 4.640625 0.69882
l E-E 1-E 0 5.61E-05 0 0.00053 9.90E-05 2.987843 0.59903
o 3-E 5.61E-05 0.000102 0.00087 0.0005 9.90E-05 7.734508 0.79455
o 4-E 0.000102 5.61E-05 0.0001 0.00028 9.90E-05 2.714022 0.57573
r 6-E 5.61E-05 0 5.60E-05 0 9.90E-05 0.568966 0.22148
D-D 1-D 0 5.61E-05 0 0.00035 9.90E-05 2.047544 0.50587
3-D 5.61E-05 0.000102 0.00087 0.00027 9.90E-05 6.551788 0.76613
4-D 0.000102 5.61E-05 0.0001 0.00119 9.90E-05 7.323199 0.78548
6-D 5.61E-05 0 5.60E-05 0 9.90E-05 0.568966 0.22148
B-B 1-B 0 5.61E-05 0 5.60E-05 9.90E-05 0.568966 0.22148
3-B 5.61E-05 0.000102 0.00087 0 9.90E-05 5.200108 0.72223
4-B 0.000102 5.61E-05 0.0001 0.00053 9.90E-05 4.019093 0.66772
6-B 5.61E-05 0 5.60E-05 0 9.90E-05 0.568966 0.22148
3-A 0 0.000102 0 0.0005 9.90E-05 3.050025 0.60396
A-A 4-A 0.000102 5.61E-05 0.00081 0.00028 9.90E-05 6.323397 0.75971
6-A 5.61E-05 0 0.00087 0 9.90E-05 4.684483 0.7008
3-3. 3-D 0 0.000102 0.00043 0.0005 9.90E-05 5.254087 0.72429
3-B 0 0.000102 0.00059 0.00043 9.90E-05 5.715625 0.74079
Last 3-A 0 0.000102 0 0.00059 9.90E-05 3.515625 0.63739
Floor 4-4. 3-D 0.000102 0 0.00043 0.0005 9.90E-05 5.254087 0.72429
3-B 0.000102 0 0.00059 0.00043 9.90E-05 5.715625 0.74079
3-A 0.000102 0 0 0.00059 9.90E-05 3.515625 0.63739
A-A 3-A 0 0.000102 0 0.0001 9.90E-05 1.03125 0.34021
4-A 0.000102 0 0.0001 5.60E-05 9.90E-05 1.315733 0.39682
B-B 3-B 0 0.000102 0 0.0001 9.90E-05 1.03125 0.34021
4-B 0.000102 0 0.0001 5.60E-05 9.90E-05 1.315733 0.39682
D-D 3-D 0 0.000102 0 0.0001 9.90E-05 1.03125 0.34021
4-D 0.000102 0 0.0001 5.60E-05 9.90E-05 1.315733 0.39682

24 June 2008 69
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Direct Shear Force Distribution


The direct shear force distribution is calculated as follow below.

Table4.3.2.23 Shear force Distribution in Y-direction Axis


Level 0 3.6 6.9 10.2
Fi 4.96494 47.060516 79.8936 111.0946
Axis D-value Q(KN) D-value Q(KN) D-value Q(KN) D-value Q(KN)
1 0.00031 0.740303 0.0003309 6.475018 0.000379 10.4004 0.000379 14.462
3 0.00067 1.618826 0.0008211 16.06817 0.001006 27.5871 0.001006 38.3608
4 0.00067 1.618826 0.0008211 16.06817 0.001006 27.5871 0.001006 38.3608
6 0.00041 0.986987 0.0004318 8.449152 0.000522 14.319 0.000522 19.911
SUM 0.00206 0.002405 0.002913 0.002913
Level 13.5 16.8 20.1
Fi 140.351 150.438 45.1372
Axis D-value Q(KN) D-value D-value Q(KN)
1 0.00038 18.2706 0.00018 0 0
3 0.00101 48.4629 0.00033 0.00021 22.5686
4 0.00101 48.4629 0.00033 0.00021 22.5686
6 0.00052 25.1545 0.00022 0 0
0.00291 0.00105 0.00042

Table4.3.2.24 Shear force Distribution in X-direction Axis


Level 0 3.6 6.9 10.2
Fi 4.96494 47.0605 79.8936 111.0946
Axis D-value Q(KN) D-value D-value Q(KN) D-value Q(KN)
A-A 0.00031 0.71331 0.00038 0.00044 16.483 0.00044 22.9201
B-B 0.00058 1.35623 0.00036 0.00044 16.5603 0.000442 23.0276
D-D 0.00058 1.35652 0.0004 0.00044 16.5603 0.000442 23.0276
E-E 0.00053 1.22801 0.00065 0.00054 20.0841 0.000536 27.9275
F-F 0.00013 0.31087 0.00024 0.00027 10.206 0.000272 14.1918
0.00214 0.00202 0.00213 0.002131
Level 13.5 16.8 20.1
Fi 140.351 150.438 45.13724
Axis D-value Q(KN) D-value D-value Q(KN)
A-A 0.00044 28.956 0.0002 7.27E-05 15.0457
B-B 0.00044 29.0918 0.00018 7.27E-05 15.0457
D-D 0.00044 29.0918 0.00022 7.27E-05 15.0457
E-E 0.00054 35.2821 0.00025 0 0
F-F 0.00027 17.9292 0.00013 0 0
0.00213 0.00099 0.000218

Calculation of shear center


The center of stiffness is calculated as follow.

24 June 2008 70
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table4.3.2.24 center of stiffness


Level Dx Yi Dx*Yi Level Axis Dy Xi Dy*Xi
20.1 7.30E-05 15.6 0.001134 1 0 0 0
7.30E-05 11.2 0.000814 20.1 3 0.00021 5.8 0.001203
7.30E-05 5.2 0.000378 4 0.00021 9 0.001867
0 0 0 6 0 14.8 0
0 0 0 0.00041 0.003069
0.00022 0.002326 Xs 7.4
Ys 10.66667 1 0.00018 0 0
16.8 0.0002 15.6 0.003177 16.8 3 0.00033 5.8 0.001889
0.00018 11.2 0.002025 4 0.00033 9 0.002931
0.00022 5.2 0.001169 6 0.00022 14.8 0.0033
0.00025 0 0 0.00105 0.008119
-
0.00013 -1.35 0.000173 Xs 7.704023
0.00099 0.006197 1 0.00038 0 0
Ys 6.267472 13.5 3 0.00101 5.8 0.005833
13.5 0.00044 15.6 0.006859 4 0.00101 9 0.009052
0.00044 11.2 0.004947 6 0.00052 14.8 0.007726
0.00044 5.2 0.002297 0.00291 0.022612
0.00054 0 0 Xs 7.762958
-
0.00027 -1.35 0.000368 1 0.00038 0 0
0.00213 0.013736 10.2 3 0.00101 5.8 0.005833
6.445381 4 0.00101 9 0.009052
10.2 0.00044 15.6 0.006859 6 0.00052 14.8 0.007726
0.00044 11.2 0.004947 0.00291 0.022612
0.00044 5.2 0.002297 Xs 7.762958
0.00054 0 0 1 0.00038 0 0
-
0.00027 -1.35 0.000368 6.9 3 0.00101 5.8 0.005833
0.00213 0.013736 4 0.00101 9 0.009052
Ys 6.445381 6 0.00052 14.8 0.007726
6.9 0.00044 15.6 0.006859 0.00291 0.022612
0.00044 11.2 0.004947 Xs 7.762958
0.00044 5.2 0.002297 1 0.00033 0 0
0.00054 0 0 3.6 3 0.00082 5.8 0.004762
-
0.00027 -1.35 0.000368 4 0.00082 9 0.00739
0.00213 0.013736 6 0.00043 14.8 0.00639
Ys 6.445381 0.0024 0.018542
3.6 0.00038 15.6 0.00587 Xs 7.710421
0.00036 11.2 0.003976 1 0.00031 0 0
0.0004 5.2 0.002097 0 3 0.00067 5.8 0.003893
0.00065 0 0 4 0.00067 9 0.00604
-
0.00024 -1.35 0.000322 6 0.00041 14.8 0.006056

24 June 2008 71
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

0.00202 0.011621 0.00206 0.015989


Ys 5.743488 Xs 7.767671
0 0.00031 15.6 0.004788
0.00058 11.2 0.006536
0.00058 5.2 0.003035
0.00053 0 0
-
0.00013 -1.35 0.000181
0.00214 0.014179
Ys 6.636873

Eccentricities (ex, ey): the difference between the center of mass and center of stiffness of the

ex = Xs-Xm
ey = Ys-Ym
‫٭‬Accidental eccentricity, eli=+ 0.05Li where Li is the length of the frame.
The design eccentricity or etot = e + eli
( Dix )e y ,tot
α ix = 1 + * yi Note: since ex,t ot can be ex1 or ex2 and ey,tot can be ey1or ey2
Jr

due to
( Diy )e x ,tot
α iy = 1 + * xi Accidental eccentricity, α y= α y1or α y2 and αx=
Jr

α x1 or α x2.
Where Jr=Jx+Jy
J x = ∑ ( Dix y i ) = ∑ ( Dix y i2 ) − (∑ Dix ) y s2
2

J y = ∑ ( Diy x i ) = ∑ ( Diy xi2 ) − (∑ Diy ) x s2 And


2

x i = x s − xi , y i = y s − yi

24 June 2008 72
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table4.3.2.25eccentricity determination
eya=0.0Ly=0.78
exa=0.05Lx=0.74 or -0.78
or -0.75 Accidental
Actual eccentricities eccentricities
ex ey
Level Xs Xm Ys Ym Xs-Xm Ys-Ym exa eya
8.51
20.1 7.4 7.798 10.667 5 -0.398 2.152
7.44
16.8 7.704 8.252 6.267 6 -0.548 -1.178
7.21
13.5 7.763 8.007 6.445 1 -0.244 -0.765
7.21
10.2 7.763 8.007 6.445 1 -0.244 -0.765
7.22
6.9 7.763 7.890 6.445 3 -0.127 -0.777
7.29
3.6 7.71 7.933 5.743 0 -0.222 -1.547
10.3
0 7.768 7.400 6.637 75 0.368 -3.738

Level edx,1 edx,2 edy,1 edy,2


20.1 -1.138 0.34181 1.371917 2.931917
16.8 -1.288 0.19163 -1.95805 -0.398048
13.5 -0.984 0.49572 -1.5453 0.014703
10.2 -0.984 0.49572 -1.5453 0.014703
6.9 -0.867 0.61303 -1.55736 0.002641
3.6 -0.962 0.51788 -2.3268 -0.766803
0 -0.372 1.10767 -4.51823 -2.958231

Table4.3.2.26 Shear Correction Factors


Level Axis Ys-Yi Dix Dix(Ys-s)2 Jr edy,1 edy,2 Yi αx1
A-A -4.93 0 0 0.01 1.37 2.93 -4.93 0.9
20.1
B-B -0.53 0 0 0.01 1.37 2.93 -4.93 0.9
D-D 5.47 0 0 0.01 1.37 2.93 -4.93 0.9
E-E 10.67 0 0 0.01 1.37 2.93 -4.93 1
F-F 0 0 0 0.01 1.37 2.93 -4.93 1
Jx= 0
A-A -9.33 0 0.02 0.07 -1.96 -0.4 -9.33 1.05
16.8
B-B -4.93 0 0 0.07 -1.96 -0.4 -4.93 1.03
D-D 5.2 0 0.01 0.07 -1.96 -0.4 1.25 0.99
E-E 6.27 0 0.01 0.07 -1.96 -0.4 6.27 0.96
F-F 7.62 0 0.01 0.07 -1.96 -0.4 7.62 0.97
Jx= 0.05
A-A -9.15 0 0.04 0.05 -1.55 0.01 -9.16 1.11
13.5
. B-B -4.75 0 0.01 0.05 -1.55 0.01 -4.76 1.06
D-D 1.25 0 0 0.05 -1.55 0.01 1.25 0.98
E-E 6.45 0 0.02 0.05 -1.55 0 6.45 0.9
F-F 7.8 0 0.02 0.05 -1.55 -0.77 7.78 0.94

24 June 2008 73
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Jx= 0.09
A-A -9.15 0 0.04 0.14 -1.55 0.01 -9.16 1.04
10.2
B-B -4.75 0 0.01 0.14 -1.55 0.01 -4.76 1.02
D-D 1.25 0 0 0.14 -1.55 0.01 1.25 0.99
E-E 6.45 0 0.02 0.14 -1.55 0.01 6.45 0.96
F-F 7.8 0 0.02 0.14 -1.55 0.01 7.8 0.98
Jx= 0.09
A-A -9.15 0 0.04 0.05 -1.56 0 -9.16 1.12
6.9
B-B -4.75 0 0.01 0.05 -1.56 0 -4.76 1.06
D-D 1.25 0 0 0.05 -1.56 0 1.25 0.98
E-E 6.45 0 0.02 0.05 -1.56 0 6.45 0.9
F-F 7.8 0 0.02 0.05 -1.56 0 7.8 0.94
Jx= 0.09
A-A -9.86 0 0.04 0.13 -2.33 -0.77 -9.86 1.07
3.6
B-B -5.46 0 0.01 0.13 -2.33 -0.77 -5.46 1.04
D-D 0.54 0 0 0.13 -2.33 -0.77 0.54 1
E-E 5.74 0 0.02 0.13 -2.33 -0.77 5.74 0.93
F-F 7.09 0 0.01 0.13 -2.33 -0.77 7.09 0.97
Jx= 0.08
A-A -8.96 0 0.02 0.11 -4.52 -2.96 -8.96 1.11
0
B-B -4.56 0 0.01 0.11 -4.52 -2.96 -4.56 1.11
D-D 1.44 0 0 0.11 -4.52 -2.96 1.44 0.97
E-E 6.64 0 0.02 0.11 -4.52 -2.96 6.64 0.86
F-F 7.99 0 0.01 0.11 -4.52 -2.96 7.99 0.96
x=0.06982

Table4.3.2.27
Level Axis Xs-Xi Diy Diy(Xs-Xs)2 edx,1 edx,2 Xi αy1 αy2 αx,max
1 7.4 0 0 0.005 -1.14 0.3418 7.4 1 1 1
20.1 3 1.6 0 5.00E-04 0.005 -1.14 0.3418 1.6 0.9248 1.023 1.02
4 -1.6 0 5.00E-04 0.005 -1.14 0.3418 -1.6 1.0752 0.977 1.08
6 -7.4 0 0 0.005 -1.14 0.3418 -7.4 1 1 1
Jy= 0.001
1 7.7 0 0.011 0.069 -1.29 0.1916 7.7 0.9742 1.004 1
16.8 3 1.9 0 0.001 0.069 -1.29 0.1916 1.9 0.9884 1.002 1
4 -1.3 0 6.00E-04 0.069 -1.29 0.1916 -1.3 1.0079 0.999 1.01
6 -7.1 0 0.011 0.069 -1.29 0.1916 -7.1 1.0295 0.996 1.03
Jy= 0.024
1 7.76 0 0.023 0.054 -0.98 0.4957 7.76 0.9465 1.027 1.03
13.5 3 1.96 0 0.004 0.054 -0.98 0.4957 1.96 0.9641 1.018 1.02
4 -1.2 0 0.002 0.054 -0.98 0.4957 -1.2 1.0226 0.989 1.02
6 -7 0 0.026 0.054 -0.98 0.4957 -7 1.0668 0.966 1.07
Jy= 0.054
1 7.76 0 0.023 0.14 -0.98 0.613 7.76 0.9794 1.013 1.01
10.2 3 1.96 0 0.004 0.14 -0.98 0.613 1.96 0.9862 1.009 1.01
4 -1.2 0 0.002 0.14 -0.98 0.613 -1.2 1.0087 0.995 1.01
6 -7 0 0.026 0.14 -0.98 0.613 -15 1.0542 0.966 1.05
Jy=0.054

24 June 2008 74
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

1 7.76 0 0.023 0.054 -0.96 0.5179 7.76 0.9477 1.028 1.03


6.9 3 1.96 0 0.004 0.054 -0.96 0.5179 1.96 0.9649 1.019 1.02
4 -1.2 0 0.002 0.054 -0.96 0.5179 -1.2 1.0221 0.988 1.02
6 -7 0 0.026 0.054 -0.96 0.5179 -7 1.0653 0.965 1.07
Jy= 0.054
1 7.71 0 0.02 0.126 -0.96 0.5179 7.71 0.9806 1.01 1.01
3 1.91 0 0.003 0.126 -0.96 0.5179 1.91 0.9881 1.006 1.01
3.6 4 -1.3 0 0.001 0.126 -0.96 0.5179 -1.3 1.0081 0.996 1.01
6 -7.1 0 0.022 0.126 -0.96 0.5179 -7.1 1.0233 0.988 1.02
Jy= 0.046
1 7.77 0 0.019 0.112 -0.37 1.1077 7.77 0.9921 1.024 1.02
3 1.97 0 0.003 0.112 -0.37 1.1077 1.97 0.9956 1.013 1.01
0
4 -1.2 0 0.001 0.112 -0.37 1.1077 -1.2 1.0027 0.992 1
6 -7 0 0.02 0.112 -0.37 1.1077 -7 1.0095 0.972 1.01
Jy= 0.042

Table4.3.2.28
Level Axis Qi αmax Level Axis Qi αmax
A-A 15.05 0.902 1 0 1
B-B 15.05 0.902 3 22.57 1.0226
D-D 15.05 0.902 4 22.57 1.0752
E-E 0 1 6 0 1
F-F 0 1 20.1 1 25.65 1.0038
A-A 30.98 1.054 3 46.48 1.0017
20.1 B-B 27.51 1.025 4 46.48 1.0079
D-D 34.2 0.992 6 31.83 1.0295
E-E 38.2 0.955 16.8 1 18.27 1.027
F-F 19.55 0.972 3 48.46 1.0181
A-A 28.96 1.115 4 48.46 1.0226
16.8 B-B 29.09 1.06 6 25.16 1.0668
D-D 29.09 1 13.5 1 14.46 1.0128
E-E 35.28 1 3 38.36 1.0086
F-F 17.93 0.97 4 38.36 1.0087
A-A 22.92 1.044 6 19.91 1.0542
13.5 B-B 23.03 1.023 10.2 1 10.4 1.0282
D-D 23.03 1 3 27.59 1.0189
E-E 27.93 1 4 27.59 1.0221
F-F 14.19 1 6 14.32 1.0653
A-A 16.48 1.116 6.9 1 6.475 1.0105
10.2 B-B 16.56 1.06 3 16.07 1.0064
D-D 16.56 1 4 16.07 1.0081
E-E 20.08 1 6 8.449 1.0233
F-F 10.21 1 3.6 1 0.74 1.0235
A-A 8.752 1.068 3 1.619 1.013
6.9 B-B 8.258 1.036 4 1.619 1.0027
3.6 D-D 9.381 0.999 0 6 0.987 1.0095
E-E 15.12 0.977
F-F 5.552 0.99
A-A 0.713 1.111

24 June 2008 75
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

B-B 1.356 1.107


D-D 1.357 0.978
E-E 1.228 0.908
0 F-F 0.311 0.972

24 June 2008 76
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Chapter 5
STAIR CASE DSIGEN

Fig.5.1

Fig.5.2

24 June 2008 77
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

™ Length of the stair, L=3m+1.4m=4.4m, Inclined part=3m


Two landings each, 1.4m long=2.8m
™ Width of stair=3.2m and width of each flight=1.3m
™ Riser and goings; Length of goings=30cm,Length of riser=15cm
™ Degree of inclination of flight, Θ=tan-1(15/30) =26.67o
I) DETERMINATION OFDEPTH FOR DEFLLECTTTION
d>= (0.4+0.6fy/400)Le/βα, Where; L=4400mm and βα=24(end span)
d>= (0.4+0.6*300/400)4400/24=156mm, Over all depth (D)
Taking;-concrete cover Cc=15mm
-use Ф10 bars for main reinforcement&
-useФ8 for nominal reinforcement
Then, D=156mm+15mm+10/2mm=176mm
Use D=180mm
Actual d=180mm-15mm-10/2mm=160mm
II) DESIGN LOADS
a) For inclined part
Dead Load (DL)
• Weight of waist=0.18*25/cos26.67o=5.04KN/m2
• Weight of steps=1/2*0.15*25=1.875KN/m2
• Weight of finishing; going =0.02*27=0.54KN/m2
Riser =0.15*0.02/0.3*23=0.345KN/m2,distributed over the going
Weight of cement screed;
-Going =0.03*23=0.69KN/m2
-Riser =0.15*0.03/0.3*23=0.345KN/ m2
Weight of base plaster=0.015*23/cos26.67o=0.386KN/ m2
∑DL=9.22KN/ m2
Live Load (LL); LL=3KN /m2
Design Load (Pd)
Pd=1.3DL+1.6LL=16.79KN/ m2
b) For Landing (L1)
Dead Load (DL)
-Self-weight= 0.18*25=4.5KN/ m2
24 June 2008 78
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison
-
Weight of finishing=0.02*27=0.54KN/m2
-Weight of screed=0.03*23=0.69KN/m2
-Weight of base plaster=0.015*23=0.345KN/m2
∑DL=6.075KN/ m2
Live Load (LL) =3KN/ m2
DESIGN LOAD (Pd)
Pd=1.3DL+1.6LL=12.70KN/m2
16.79KN/m2….For inclined part
There fore; Pd= 12.70KN/m2….For landing (L1)
13.20KN/m2…..For slab S8

III) ANALYSIS

Fig.5.3
∑MB =0;
RA= (12.7*(3+0.7) +16.79*32/2-12.94)/4.4=29.18KN & RB=56.05KN
M(x) = -17.78(X-0.7)-16.79(X-1.4)2/2+29.18X
From maximum moment at span;
dM(x)/dx =0 then 11.4-16.79(X-1.4) =0, 34.9-16.79X=0, X=2.079m
Mmax(X=2.079), span, M (2.079) =32.276KNm
There fore;-Support moment at B, Ms=12.94KNm
-span moment at X=2.079m from A, Mf=32.276KNm
24 June 2008 79
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

IV) CHECK DEPTH FOR FLEXURE


Mmax=32.276KNm
d>=√ (Mmax/ (0.8fcdρm (1-0.4ρm)))
Where; Mmax=32.276KNm, b=1000, fcd =11.17, ρ=0.0225& m=23.5
d>=90.64mm <160mm…….Safe!

V) REINFORCEMENT
¾ Effective depth, d=160mm
¾ Minimum steel ratio, ρmin=0,5/fy=0.5/300=0.0017
¾ Minimum steel area, Asmin= ρminbd=0.0017*1000*160=272mm2
¾ ρ=1/2(c1±√(c12-4Md/(c2bd2))
Where; c1=0.087, c2=3003
¾ Spacing, S<= 2D=2*180=360mm
300mm
Use, Smax=300mm
a) Reinforcement at support
ρ=1/2(0.087±√ (0.0872-4*12.94*106/ (3003*1000*1602))
ρ=1/2(0.087±0.083)
ρ=0.00198> ρmin or ρ=0.085> ρmin but ρ>0.75 ρb

Use ρ=0.00198
¾ As= ρbd=0.00198*1000*160=316.8mm2> Asmin=272mm2
¾ Spacing, S=bas/As=1000*78.54/316.8=247.92mm
Use, S=240mm, i.e.Ф10 C/C 240mm

b) Reinforcement at span
o Long direction
ρ=1/2(0.087±√ (0.0872-4*32.276*106/ (3003*1000*1602)
ρ=0.00513> ρmin or ρ=0.08185>0.75 ρb=0.0225
Use ρ=0.00513
As= ρbd=0.00513*1000*160=820.8mm2
S=bas/As=1000*78.54/820.8=95.69mm
24 June 2008 80
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Use, S=90mm i.e. Ф10 C/C 90mm


o Short direction
9 Use the minimum steel ratio; ρ= ρmin=0.0017
As= ρbd=0.0017*1000*160=272mm2
S=1000*50.3/272=185mm
Use Ф8 C/C 180mm

Fig.5.4

24 June 2008 81
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Chapter 6
FRAME ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
6.0 Beam Analysis and Design
6.0.1 Beam design and analysis for flexure
Beams are designed primarily flexural. Further more it is essential to check and design the beam
sections for torsion and shear. But in our analysis output the torsion is very small(insignificant);
so no need of to check for torsion effect and our code recommends that beams are not designed
for axial forces. In our case beams are grouped after the design of reinforcement using Excel
following the following procedure;

Design information:;
Material data; Concrete C-25, Steel S-300, class-I works
Design constants; - fcd=11.33Mpa, fyd =260.87, m=24.33, ρ b=0.0253, C1=0.0869, C2=3003
Preliminary section;
For tie beam=250mmX250mm,
For intermediate beam=250mmX500mm
For grade =300mmX500m
A. Check Depth required for deflection
0.6 f yk Le
d ≥ { 0 .4 + }
400 β a ß = 28 (interior span) & ß =24 (exterior beams)
a a

fyk= 300Mpa
Looking the worst condition which is on the top tie beam of an exterior beam having length
(Le = 5800mm).
d≥ (0.4+0.6*300/400)*5800/24=205.42mm < 250mm-d’
= 205.42mm<250-43=207mm……..Ok!!
B. Checking the section for flexure
From the analysis result the support moments are much larger than the span moment, and then
we have check for the section whether it is single or double reinforced taking the support
moment. And also we have check for the section T-section for interior beams, and Γ- section for
exterior beams, or rectangular section.

i) Check for singly or doubly reinforced


Let M1=the moment capacity resisted by concrete and this is given by
M1 = 0.8bd2fcd ρ m (1-0.4 ρ m); where ρ=0.75 ρ b

24 June 2008 82
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

If M1 <Msd the section should have to be doubly reinforced, if not singly. For doubly
reinforcement, let M2 is the moment resisted by steel under compression (As’) and partial steel
under tension (As2);
Where: M2 =Msd-M1 and As2= M2 /(fyd*(d-d’c)) where d’c=25+10+8=43
As1= ρ bd, then the total tensile steel (As) will be As=As1+As2 and As2 will be calculated.
As’=M2/ (fs’ (d-d’c)); where fs’=Xc (x-dc’)*Es/x and x= ρ md. For fs’ > fyd As’=As2.
Assuming double row, Using Ø20steel bars and stirrups Ø8
Then d’=25+8+1.5 *20=63mm for all beams except for top tie beams.
d’=25+8+10=43mm for top tie beam. And d=D-d’.
Taking design moment at each floor, we can check for singly or doubly reinforced using table as
shown below.

Table 6.1.1 reinforcement at the support for Coefficient method


No No bars
Level Axis Support Msd d b M1 ρ As,L as bars provide
3 53.4 437.00 300 240.94 0.00373 489.27 200.96 2.43 3 Φ 16mm
F-F
4 46.89 437.00 300 240.94 0.00326 427.19 200.96 2.13 3 Φ 16mm
1 69.6 437.00 300 240.94 0.00494 647.06 200.96 3.22 4 Φ 16mm
E-E 3 77.6 437.00 300 240.94 0.00554 726.84 200.96 3.62 4 Φ 16mm
4 80.44 437.00 300 240.94 0.00576 755.46 200.96 3.76 4 φ 16mm
6 71.74 437.00 300 240.94 0.0051 668.28 200.96 3.33 4 φ 16mm
Z=0m
1 60.64 437.00 300 240.94 0.00427 559.19 200.96 2.78 3 φ 16mm
D-D 3 65 437.00 300 240.94 0.00459 601.76 200.96 2.99 3 φ 16mm
4 69.5 437.00 300 240.94 0.00493 646.08 200.96 3.21 4 φ 16mm
6 63 437.00 300 240.94 0.00444 582.19 200.96 2.90 3 φ 16mm
A 67.95 437.00 300 240.94 0.00481 630.77 200.96 3.14 4 φ 16mm
6.-6. B 58.2 437.00 300 240.94 0.00408 535.52 200.96 2.66 3 φ 16mm
D 55.4 437.00 300 240.94 0.00388 508.49 200.96 2.53 3 φ 16mm
E 55.95 437.00 300 240.94 0.00392 513.79 200.96 2.56 3 φ 16mm
A 97 437.00 300 240.94 0.00706 925.82 200.96 4.61 5 φ 16mm
B 61 437.00 300 240.94 0.00429 562.69 200.96 2.80 3 φ 16mm
4.-4.
D 62.6 437.00 300 240.94 0.00441 578.28 200.96 2.88 3 φ 16mm
E 56 437.00 300 240.94 0.00392 514.27 200.96 2.56 3 φ 16mm
F 53 437.00 300 240.94 0.0037 485.43 200.96 2.42 3 φ 16mm
Z=3.6m 3 67.2 437.00 250 200.78 0.00578 631.24 314 2.01 2 φ 20mm
To F-F
13.5m 4 57.72 437.00 250 200.78 0.00491 536.45 314 1.71 2 φ 20mm
E-E 1 96 437.00 250 200.78 0.00855 933.62 314 2.97 3 φ 20mm

24 June 2008 83
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

3 114.6 437.00 250 200.78 0.01046 1142.37 314 3.64 4 φ 20mm


4 120.3 437.00 250 200.78 0.01107 1209.04 314 3.85 4 φ 20mm
6 102 437.00 250 200.78 0.00915 999.69 314 3.18 4 φ 20mm
1 132 437.00 250 200.78 0.01235 1349.24 314 4.30 5 φ 20mm
D-D 3 113.4 437.00 250 200.78 0.01033 1128.54 314 3.59 4 φ 20mm
4 167 437.00 250 200.78 0.01655 1808.59 314 5.76 6 φ 20mm
6 138.3 437.00 250 200.78 0.01306 1427.32 314 4.55 5 φ 20mm
A 94.36 437.00 250 200.78 0.00838 915.76 314 2.92 3 φ 20mm
6.-6. B 79.99 437.00 250 200.78 0.00698 762.69 314 2.43 3 φ 20mm
D 91 437.00 250 200.78 0.00805 879.43 314 2.80 3 φ 20mm
E 95.6 437.00 250 200.78 0.00851 929.26 314 2.96 3 φ 20mm
A 120.6 437.00 250 200.78 0.01109 1211.75 314 3.86 4 φ 20mm
B 109.8 437.00 250 200.78 0.00995 1087.36 314 3.46 4 φ 20mm
4.-4.
D 143 437.00 250 200.78 0.01361 1486.79 314 4.73 5 φ 20mm
E 131 437.00 250 200.78 0.01224 1337.01 314 4.26 5 φ 20mm
F 66.4 437.00 250 200.78 0.0057 623.16 314 1.98 2 φ 20mm
3 11.93 202 250 42.90 0.00474 239.37 201 1.19 2 φ 16mm
F-F
4 12.58 202 250 42.90 0.00502 253.26 201 1.26 2 φ 16mm
1 13 202 250 42.90 0.00519 262.29 201 1.30 2 φ 16mm
E-E 3 14.83 202 250 42.90 0.00598 302.13 201 1.50 2 φ 16mm
4 14 202 250 42.90 0.00562 283.96 201 1.41 2 φ 16mm
6 13.4 202 250 42.90 0.00536 270.93 201 1.35 2 φ 16mm
Z=16.8
1 13 202 250 42.90 0.00519 262.29 201 1.30 2 φ 16mm
D-D 3 34 202 250 42.90 0.01556 785.64 201 3.91 4 φ 16mm
4 41.55 202 250 42.90 0.02039 1029.93 201 5.12 6 φ 16mm
6 14.6 202 250 42.90 0.00588 297.08 201 1.48 2 φ 16mm
A 16 202 250 42.90 0.0065 328.05 201 1.63 2 φ 16mm
6.-6. B 54.66 202 250 42.90 double reinforcement
D 41 202 250 42.90 0.02001 1010.43 201 5.03 5 φ 16mm
E 33.5 202 250 42.90 0.01527 770.94 201 3.84 4 φ 16mm
A 76 202 250 42.90 double reinforcement
4.-4. B 60 202 250 42.90 double reinforcement
D 45.54 202 250 42.90 double reinforcement
E 46.92 202 250 42.90 double reinforcement
F 13 202 250 42.90 0.00519 262.29 201 1.30 2 φ 16mm
3 12 202 250 42.90 0.00477 240.86 201 1.20 2 φ 16mm
D-D
4 13.58 202 250 42.90 0.00544 274.83 314 0.88 2 φ 16mm
Z=20.1
A 26.34 202 250 42.90 0.01139 575.02 314 1.83 2 φ 16mm
4.-4. 2φ 16mm
B 24.36 202 250 42.90 0.01039 524.90 314 1.67
D 11.7 202 250 42.90 0.00464 234.48 201 1.17 2 φ 16mm
24 June 2008 84
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 6.1.2 reinforcement at the support for strip method


3 53.3 437 300 240.94 0.00372 488.31 200.96 2.43 3 φ 16mm
F-F
4 47.3 437 300 240.94 0.00329 431.08 201 2.14 3 φ 16mm
1 70 437 300 240.94 0.00497 651.02 200.96 3.24 4 φ 16mm
E-E 3 76.59 437 300 240.94 0.00547 716.69 200.96 3.57 4 φ 16mm
4 70.6 437 300 240.94 0.00501 656.97 200.96 3.27 4 φ 16mm
6 39.9 437 300 240.94 0.00276 361.34 200.96 1.80 2 φ 16mm
Z=0m
1 39.71 437 300 240.94 0.00274 359.56 200.96 1.79 2 φ 16mm
D-D 3 70..27 437 300 240.94 0.00547 716.70 200.96 3.57 4 φ 16mm
4 77.65 437 300 240.94 0.00555 727.34 200.96 3.62 4 φ 16mm
6 57.37 437 300 240.94 0.00402 527.49 200.96 2.62 3 φ 16mm
A 48.41 437 300 240.94 0.00337 441.62 200.96 2.20 3 φ 16mm
6.-6. B 67.33 437 300 240.94 0.00476 624.66 200.96 3.11 3 φ 16mm
D 74.78 437 300 240.94 0.00533 698.57 200.96 3.48 4 φ 16mm
E 55.44 437 300 240.94 0.00388 508.88 200.96 2.53 3 φ 16mm
A 62.33 437 300 240.94 0.00439 575.65 200.96 2.86 3 φ 16mm
B 82.65 437 300 240.94 0.00593 777.86 200.96 3.87 4 φ 16mm
4.-4.
D 64.1 437 300 240.94 0.00452 592.95 200.96 2.95 3 φ 16mm
E 62.41 437 300 240.94 0.0044 576.43 200.96 2.87 3 φ 16mm
F 52.31 437 300 240.94 0.00365 478.82 200.96 2.38 3 φ 16mm
3 69 437 250 200.78 0.00594 649.48 314 2.07 2 φ 20mm
F-F
4 56 437 250 200.78 0.00475 519.48 314 1.65 2 φ 20mm
1 107.3 437 250 200.78 0.00969 1058.70 314 3.37 4 φ 20mm
E-E 3 118.2 437 250 200.78 0.01084 1184.19 314 3.77 4 φ 20mm
4 126 437 250 200.78 0.01168 1276.03 314 4.06 4 φ 20mm
6 106..2 437 250 200.78 0.00969 1058.70 314 3.37 4 φ 20mm
Z=3.6m
1 147.6 437 250 200.78 0.01415 1545.80 314 4.92 5 φ 20mm
To
13.5m D-D 3 194.4 437 250 200.78 0.02038 2226.62 314 7.09 7 φ 20mm
4 102.7 437 250 200.78 0.00922 1007.36 314 3.21 4 φ 20mm
6 79 437 250 200.78 0.00689 752.36 314 2.40 3 φ 20mm
A 63.34 437 250 200.78 0.00542 592.38 314 1.89 2 φ 20mm
6.-6. B 106.6 437 250 200.78 0.00962 1050.69 314 3.35 4 φ 20mm
D 125 437 250 200.78 0.01157 1264.18 314 4.03 4 φ 20mm
E 82.38 437 250 200.78 0.00721 787.74 314 2.51 3 φ 20mm
A 113.2 437 250 200.78 0.01031 1126.70 314 3.59 4 φ 20mm
B 111.3 437 250 200.78 0.01011 1104.92 314 3.52 4 φ 20mm
4.-4.
D 145 437 250 200.78 0.01384 1512.42 314 4.82 5 φ 20mm
E 126 437 250 200.78 0.01168 1276.51 314 4.07 4 φ 20mm
F 64.39 437 250 200.78 0.00552 602.92 314 1.92 2 φ 20mm

24 June 2008 85
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

3 10.38 202 250 42.90 0.00409 206.64 201 1.03 2 φ 16mm


F-F
4 6.8 202 250 42.90 0.00263 133.03 201 0.66 2 φ 16mm
1 13.15 202 250 42.90 0.00526 265.52 201 1.32 2 φ 16mm
E-E 3 11.31 202 250 42.90 0.00448 226.21 201 1.13 2 φ 16mm
4 12.26 202 250 42.90 0.00488 246.41 201 1.23 2 φ 16mm
6 3.83 202 250 42.90 0.00146 73.90 201 0.37 2 φ 16mm
Z=16.8
1 13.58 202 250 42.90 0.00544 274.83 201 1.37 2 φ 16mm
D-D 3 23.76 202 250 42.90 0.0101 510.00 201 2.54 3 φ 16mm
4 27.71 202 250 42.90 0.01209 610.63 201 3.04 4 φ 16mm
6 7.32 202 250 42.90 0.00284 143.56 201 0.71 2 φ 16mm
A 10 202 250 42.90 0.00393 198.70 201 0.99 2 φ 16mm
6.-6. B 24.39 202 250 42.90 0.01041 525.65 201 2.62 3 φ 16mm
D 55.4 202 250 42.90 double reinforcement
E 32.75 202 250 42.90 0.01484 749.17 201 3.73 4 φ 16mm
A 70.04 202 250 42.90 double reinforcement
4.-4. B 49.54 202 250 42.90 double reinforcement
D 75 202 250 42.90 double reinforcement
E 29 202 250 42.90 0.01277 644.91 201 3.21 4 φ 16mm
F 11.82 202 250 42.90 0.00469 237.03 201 1.18 2 φ 16mm
3 10.14 202 250 42.90 0.00399 201.62 201 1.00 2 φ 16mm
D-D
4 6.34 202 250 42.90 0.00245 123.76 314 0.39 2 φ 16mm
Z=20.1
A 5.36 202 250 42.90 0.00206 104.15 314 0.33 2 φ 16mm
4.-4. 2 φ 16mm
B 10.06 202 250 42.90 0.00396 199.95 314 0.64
D 12.7 202 250 42.90 0.00507 255.84 201 1.27 2 φ 16mm

Table 6.1.3 For double reinforcement


coefficient method reinforcement
axis support Msd M1 M2 b d r As1 fyd dc' As2 m
6-6. B 54.66 42.9 11.76 250 202 0.018975 958.238 260.87 43 283.52 29.6
4-4. A 76 42.9 33.1 250 202 0.018975 958.238 260.87 43 798.01 29.6
B 60 42.9 17.1 250 202 0.018975 958.238 260.87 43 412.26 29.6
D 45.54 42.9 2.64 250 202 0.018975 958.238 260.87 43 63.648 29.6
E 46.92 42.9 4.02 250 202 0.018975 958.238 260.87 43 96.918 29.6
strip method reinforcement
6-6. D 55.4 42.9 12.5 250 202 0.018975 958.238 260.87 43 301.36 29.6
A 70.04 42.9 27.14 250 202 0.018975 958.238 260.87 43 654.32 29.6
4-4.
B 49.54 42.9 6.64 250 202 0.018975 958.238 260.87 43 160.08 29.6
D 75 42.9 32.1 250 202 0.018975 958.238 260.87 43 773.9 29.6

24 June 2008 86
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Coefficient con’d…. calculated calculated provide provide


No
X f's As' As No bars, As' No bars,As bars,As' No bars,As
113.455 434.697 283.522 1241.75904 1.41055493 3.95464662 2 φ 16mm 4 φ 20mm
113.455 434.697 798.007 1756.244556 3.97018436 5.59313553 4 φ 16mm 6 φ 20mm
113.455 434.697 412.263 1370.500964 2.05106201 4.36465275 2 φ 16mm 5 φ 20mm
113.455 434.697 63.6477 1021.885193 0.31665519 3.25441144 2 φ 16mm 4 φ 20mm
113.455 434.697 96.9181 1055.155577 0.48217949 3.36036808 2 φ 16mm 4 φ 20mm
Strip con’d..
113.455 434.697 301.362 1259.599681 1.49931433 4.01146395 2 φ 16mm 5 φ 20mm
113.455 434.697 654.318 1612.555068 3.25531128 5.13552569 4 φ 16mm 6 φ 20mm
113.455 434.697 160.084 1118.321091 0.79643577 3.56153214 2 φ 16mm 4 φ 20mm
1

113.455 434.697 773.898 732.135581 3.85023921 5.51635535 4 φ 16mm 6 φ 20mm

ii) Check for T-section (at the interior) & Γ- section (at edge) or rectangular beam

For the span in addition to doubly or singly we have to check weather they are rectangular or
T-section (for interior beam), Г-section (for exterior beam). Using the following procedures

Design procedure for T-section or Γ-section


First let’s calculate M1’ (the moment resisted by the flange& corresponding As1) & M2’ (the
resisted by the web & corresponding As2).
24 June 2008 87
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Where M1’= (be-bw) hf fcd (d-hf/2) & M2’=Msd, span-M1’


Then reinforcement can calculate usig the following procedure

Where;
Therefore the total bottom reinforcement (As) is As, total= As1+ As2
Table 6.1.4 reinforcement at the span for Coefficient Method
level axis beam d(mm) b(mm) L(mm) bw+L/5 bw+L/10 C/C be(m) Mspan
F-F 3.-4. 259 300 3200 620 675 620 4.39
1-3. 259 300 5800 880 2600 880 17.88
E-E
3-4. 259 300 3200 940 3275 940 3
4-6. 259 300 5800 880 2600 880 17.88
z=0m 1-3. 259 300 5800 1460 4900 1460 5.74
D-D
3-4. 259 300 3200 940 3900 940 3.68
4-6. 259 300 5800 1460 5600 1460 5.59
AB 259 300 4400 740 2900 740 10
6-6.
BD 259 300 6000 900 2900 900 16.46
DE 259 300 5200 820 2900 820 19
AB 259 300 4400 1180 4500 1180 10.32
4-4. BD 259 300 6000 1500 4500 1500 6
DE 259 300 5200 1340 4500 1340 6.3
EF 259 300 1350 435 1600 435 3
F-F 3.-4. 359 250 3200 570 675 570 6.6
1-3. 359 250 5800 830 2600 830 38.36
E-E
3-4. 359 250 3200 890 3275 890 40
4-6. 359 250 5800 830 2600 830 41.5
Z=3.6 1-3. 359 250 5800 1410 4900 1410 104
to 13.5 D-D
3-4. 359 250 3200 890 3900 890 104
4-6. 359 250 5800 1410 5600 1410 103
AB 359 250 4400 690 2900 690 17
6-6.
BD 359 250 6000 850 2900 850 38.06
DE 359 250 5200 770 2900 770 26.4
AB 359 250 4400 1130 4500 1130 14
4-4. BD 359 250 6000 1450 4500 1450 38
DE 359 250 5200 1290 4500 1290 55
EF 359 250 1350 385 1600 385 12
Z=16.8 F-F 3.-4. 209 250 3200 570 675 570 6.6
1-3. 209 250 5800 830 2600 830 2
E-E
3-4. 209 250 3200 890 3275 890 10.3
4-6. 209 250 5800 830 2600 830 2

24 June 2008 88
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

1-3. 209 250 5800 1410 4900 1410 2


D-D
3-4. 209 250 3200 890 3900 890 20
4-6. 209 250 5800 1410 5600 1410 2
AB 209 250 4400 690 2900 690 6.06
6-6.
BD 209 250 6000 850 2900 850 37.51
DE 209 250 5200 770 2900 770 23.33
AB 209 250 4400 1130 4500 1130 26
4-4. BD 209 250 6000 1450 4500 1450 30
DE 209 250 5200 1290 4500 1290 28
EF 209 250 1350 385 1600 385 9.7
D-D 3-4. 209 250 3200 890 5800 890 4.4
Z=20.1
4-4. AB 209 250 4400 1130 2200 1130 10.5
BD 209 250 6000 1450 4800 1450 8.8

coefficient con'd calculated provide


p X Y hf section As As,min No bars No bars
0.000406 3.06 2.45 150 Recta 65.18 321.16 1.597811 2 φ 16mm
0.001175 8.86 7.09 150 Recta 267.85 455.84 2.267861 3 φ 16mm
0.000182 1.38 1.10 150 Recta 44.43 486.92 2.422488 3 φ 16mm
0.001175 8.86 7.09 150 Recta 267.85 455.84 2.267861 3 φ 16mm
0.000225 1.70 1.36 150 Recta 85.05 756.28 3.762587 4 φ 16mm
0.000224 1.69 1.35 150 Recta 54.52 486.92 2.422488 3 φ 16mm
0.000219 1.65 1.32 150 Recta 82.82 756.28 3.762587 4 φ 16mm
0.000778 5.87 4.69 150 Recta 149.12 383.32 1.907065 2 φ 16mm
0.001056 7.97 6.37 150 Recta 246.24 466.2 2.319403 3 φ 16mm
0.001343 10.13 8.10 150 Recta 285.19 424.76 2.113234 2 φ 16mm
0.000502 3.79 3.03 150 Recta 153.40 611.24 3.040995 3 φ 16mm
0.000229 1.73 1.38 150 Recta 88.90 777 3.865672 4 φ 16mm
0.000269 2.03 1.62 150 Recta 93.39 694.12 3.453333 4 φ 16mm
0.000395 2.98 2.39 150 Recta 44.54 225.33 1.121045 2 φ 16mm
0.000345 3.61 2.89 150 Recta 70.65 409.26 2.036119 2 φ 16mm
0.001395 14.58 11.67 150 Recta 415.65 595.94 2.964876 3 φ 16mm
0.001356 14.17 11.34 150 Recta 433.22 639.02 3.179204 4 φ 16mm
0.001511 15.80 12.64 150 Recta 450.29 595.94 2.964876 3 φ 16mm
0.002249 23.51 18.81 150 Recta 1138.25 1012.38 5.036716 5 φ 16mm
0.003621 37.86 30.28 150 Recta 1156.98 639.02 3.179204 4 φ 16mm
0.002226 23.28 18.62 150 Recta 1127.01 1012.38 5.036716 5 φ 16mm
0.000738 7.71 6.17 150 Recta 182.80 495.42 2.464776 3 φ 16mm
0.001351 14.12 11.30 150 Recta 412.19 610.3 3.036318 3 φ 16mm
0.00103 10.77 8.62 150 Recta 284.85 552.86 2.750547 31 φ 6mm

24 June 2008 89
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

0.00037 3.86 3.09 150 Recta 149.90 811.34 4.036517 41 φ 6mm


0.000785 8.21 6.57 150 Recta 408.84 1041.1 5.179602 6 φ 16mm
0.001285 13.44 10.75 150 Recta 595.19 926.22 4.60806 5 φ 16mm
0.000936 9.78 7.83 150 Recta 129.33 276.43 1.375274 2 φ 16mm
0.001027 6.25 5.00 150 Recta 122.31 238.26 1.185373 2 φ 16mm
0.000212 1.29 1.03 150 Recta 36.72 346.94 1.72607 2 φ 16mm
0.001026 6.25 5.00 150 Recta 190.88 372.02 1.850846 2 φ 16mm
0.000212 1.29 1.03 150 Recta 36.72 346.94 1.72607 2 φ 16mm
0.000124 0.76 0.61 150 Recta 36.68 589.38 2.932239 3 φ 16mm
0.002016 12.27 9.81 150 Recta 374.96 372.02 1.850846 2 φ 16mm
0.000124 0.76 0.61 150 Recta 36.68 589.38 2.932239 3 φ 16mm
0.000777 4.73 3.78 150 Recta 111.98 288.42 1.434925 2 φ 16mm
0.004056 24.68 19.75 150 Recta 720.54 355.3 1.767662 2 φ 16mm
0.002741 16.68 13.35 150 Recta 441.16 321.86 1.601294 2 φ 16mm
0.002065 12.57 10.06 150 Recta 487.74 472.34 2.34995 3 φ 16mm
0.001852 11.27 9.02 150 Recta 561.37 606.1 3.015423 3 φ 16mm
0.001945 11.84 9.47 150 Recta 524.52 539.22 2.682687 3 φ 16mm
0.002267 13.80 11.04 150 Recta 182.40 160.93 0.800647 2 φ 16mm
0.000435 2.65 2.12 150 Recta 80.99 372.02 1.850846 2 φ 16mm
0.000822 5.00 4.00 150 Recta 194.13 472.34 2.34995 3 φ 16mm
0.000535 3.26 2.61 150 FALSE 162.16 606.1 3.015423 3 φ 16mm

Table 6.1.5 Reinforcement at the span for Strip method

level axis beam d(mm) b(mm) L(mm) bw+L/5 bw+L/10 C/C be(m) Mspan
F-F 3.-4. 259 300 3200 620 675 620 3.25
1-3. 259 300 5800 880 2600 880 17.22
E-E
3-4. 259 300 3200 940 3275 940 9
4-6. 259 300 5800 880 2600 880 12.88
z=0m 1-3. 259 300 5800 1460 4900 1460 8.17
D-D
3-4. 259 300 3200 940 3900 940 3
4-6. 259 300 5800 1460 5600 1460 13.12
AB 259 300 4400 740 2900 740 19.87
6-6.
BD 259 300 6000 900 2900 900 22.68
DE 259 300 5200 820 2900 820 19.71
AB 259 300 4400 1180 4500 1180 26
4-4. BD 259 300 6000 1500 4500 1500 6.59
DE 259 300 5200 1340 4500 1340 14.2
EF 259 300 1350 435 1600 435 11.3
z=3.6 F-F 3.-4. 359 250 3200 570 675 570 6.28

24 June 2008 90
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

to 13.5 1-3. 359 250 5800 830 2600 830 68.05


E-E
3-4. 359 250 3200 890 3275 890 7.3
4-6. 359 250 5800 830 2600 830 60.09
1-3. 359 250 5800 1410 4900 1410 141.72
D-D
3-4. 359 250 3200 890 3900 890 100.88
4-6. 359 250 5800 1410 5600 1410 115.64
AB 359 250 4400 690 2900 690 19.22
6-6.
BD 359 250 6000 850 2900 850 75.25
DE 359 250 5200 770 2900 770 37.58
AB 359 250 4400 1130 4500 1130 22.06
4-4. BD 359 250 6000 1450 4500 1450 52
DE 359 250 5200 1290 4500 1290 50.12
EF 359 250 1350 385 1600 385 34.08
F-F 3.-4. 209 250 3200 570 675 570 1.81
1-3. 209 250 5800 830 2600 830 4.28
E-E
3-4. 209 250 3200 890 3275 890 3
4-6. 209 250 5800 830 2600 830 7.3
z=16.8 1-3. 209 250 5800 1410 4900 1410 3.11
D-D
3-4. 209 250 3200 890 3900 890 10.2
4-6. 209 250 5800 1410 5600 1410 2
AB 209 250 4400 690 2900 690 7.48
6-6.
BD 209 250 6000 850 2900 850 37
DE 209 250 5200 770 2900 770 24.17
AB 209 250 4400 1130 4500 1130 26.8
4-4. BD 209 250 6000 1450 4500 1450 26.26
DE 209 250 5200 1290 4500 1290 16.16
EF 209 250 1350 385 1600 385 9.3
D-D 3-4. 209 250 3200 890 5800 890 2.7
z=20.1
AB 209 250 4400 1130 2200 1130 6.3
4-4.
BD 209 250 6000 1450 4800 1450 6.27

Strip con'd… calculated provide


p X Y hf section As As,min No bars No bars
0.0003 2.26 1.81 150 Recta 48.20 321.16 1.022803 2 φ 16mm
0.001131 8.53 6.83 150 Recta 257.84 455.84 1.45172 2 φ 16mm
0.00055 4.15 3.32 150 Recta 133.85 486.92 1.550701 2 φ 16mm
0.000843 6.36 5.09 150 Recta 192.21 455.84 1.45172 2 φ 16mm
0.00032 2.42 1.93 150 Recta 121.19 756.28 2.408535 3 φ 16mm
0.000182 1.38 1.10 150 Recta 44.43 486.92 1.550701 2 φ 16mm
0.000516 3.89 3.11 150 Recta 195.05 756.28 2.408535 3 φ 16mm

24 June 2008 91
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

0.00156 11.77 9.41 150 Recta 299.01 383.32 1.220764 2 φ 16mm


0.001462 11.03 8.82 150 Recta 340.90 466.2 1.484713 2 φ 16mm
0.001394 10.51 8.41 150 Recta 296.02 424.76 1.352739 2 φ 16mm
0.001276 9.62 7.70 150 Recta 389.96 611.24 1.946624 2 φ 16mm
0.000251 1.90 1.52 150 Recta 97.67 777 2.474522 3 φ 16mm
0.000609 4.59 3.67 150 Recta 211.33 694.12 2.210573 3 φ 16mm
0.001508 11.38 9.10 150 Recta 169.94 225.33 0.717611 2 φ 16mm
0.000328 3.43 2.75 150 Recta 67.21 409.26 1.303376 2 φ 16mm
0.002507 26.21 20.97 150 Recta 747.07 595.94 1.897898 2 φ 16mm
0.000244 2.55 2.04 150 Recta 78.05 639.02 2.035096 2 φ 16mm
0.002206 23.06 18.45 150 Recta 657.34 595.94 1.897898 2 φ 16mm
0.003095 32.36 25.89 150 Recta 1566.73 1012.38 3.22414 4 φ 16mm
0.003508 36.67 29.34 150 Recta 1120.75 639.02 2.035096 2 φ 16mm
0.002508 26.22 20.98 150 Recta 1269.53 1012.38 3.22414 4 φ 16mm
0.000835 8.73 6.99 150 Recta 206.91 495.42 1.577771 2 φ 16mm
0.002714 28.37 22.70 150 Recta 828.13 610.3 1.943631 2 φ 16mm
0.001474 15.41 12.33 150 Recta 407.58 552.86 1.760701 2 φ 16mm
0.000584 6.10 4.88 150 Recta 236.79 811.34 2.583885 2 φ 16mm
0.001078 11.27 9.02 150 Recta 561.37 1041.1 3.315605 4 φ 16mm
0.00117 12.23 9.78 150 Recta 541.65 926.22 2.949745 3 φ 16mm
0.002714 28.37 22.69 150 Recta 375.05 276.43 0.88035 2 φ 16mm
0.000279 1.70 1.36 150 Recta 33.25 238.26 1.185373 2 φ 16mm
0.000454 2.76 2.21 150 Recta 78.79 346.94 1.72607 2 φ 16mm
0.000296 1.80 1.44 150 Recta 55.13 372.02 1.850846 2 φ 16mm
0.000778 4.73 3.79 150 Recta 134.90 346.94 1.72607 2 φ 16mm
0.000194 1.18 0.94 150 Recta 57.08 589.38 2.932239 3 φ 16mm
0.001016 6.18 4.95 150 Recta 189.01 372.02 1.850846 2 φ 16mm
0.000124 0.76 0.61 150 Recta 36.68 589.38 2.932239 3 φ 16mm
0.000961 5.85 4.68 150 Recta 138.52 288.42 1.434925 2 φ 16mm
0.003998 24.33 19.47 150 Recta 710.25 355.3 1.767662 2 φ 16mm
0.002843 17.31 13.84 150 Recta 457.60 321.86 1.601294 2 φ 16mm
0.00213 12.97 10.37 150 Recta 503.13 472.34 2.34995 3 16mm
0.001617 9.84 7.87 150 Recta 490.03 606.1 3.015423 3 φ 16mm
0.001112 6.77 5.41 150 Recta 299.78 539.22 2.682687 3 φ 16mm
0.002171 13.21 10.57 150 Recta 174.68 160.93 0.800647 2 φ 16mm
0.000267 1.62 1.30 150 Recta 49.60 372.02 1.850846 2 φ 16mm
0.000491 2.99 2.39 150 Recta 116.03 472.34 2.34995 3 φ 16mm
0.000381 2.32 1.85 150 FALSE 115.33 606.1 3.015423 3 φ 16mm

24 June 2008 92
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

6.0.2 Shear Reinforcement

Design actions
Beam =46 @ z=13.5m , shear left (Vl) =114, shear right (Vr) =87.62, length=5.8m

a) Shear reinforcement

Now let’s compute the design shear at d distance from the face of the support
From similarity of triangle
3.3-0.45/3.3 = Vdl/ Vlef=114 -------- Vdl=98.9KN
2.5-0.45/2.5 = Vdr/87.62 -------- Vdr =71.19KN
Since Vdl=98.9KN < Vdr=382.39 --- the section is …….ok!
Location of VC

XL /3.3= 33.35/114 -------- XL=0.96m to the left


XR /2.5=33.35/87.62 ------- XR =0.95m to the right
Let’s provide minimum web reinforcement from X=0 to X=0.96m in both sides of the zero
shear

24 June 2008 93
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Let's use Ø6 C/C 160mm


Since the applied shear force Vd is less than Vrd by greater than shear reinforcement
of the section Vc i.e. (Vc<Vd<Vrd) we have to provide shear reinforcement.

• Shear reinforcement of left portion


Vave (left) =VC+Vdl /2 = (33.35+98.9)/2 =66.125KN
From X=0.96 to X=1.91m; Vdl=66.125KN, let’s use Ø8 & dc'=35mmS= (Asv Fyd (d-dc’))/
(Vs=Vdl-Vc) = 50.24x260.87x (450-35)/ (66.125-33.35) =166mm.Therefore let's use Ø8 C/C
160mm, From X=1.91 to X=3.3m ; Vdl=98.9KN use Ø10 , S=129.64mm
Let's use Ø10 C/C 120mm
• Shear reinforcement of right portion
Vave (right) =Vc+Vdl /2 = (33.35+71.19)/2 =52.27KN
From X=0.96 to X=1.51m; Vdl=52.27KN
S=(Asv Fyd (d-dc' ))/(Vs=Vdr-Vc) = 50.24x260.87x(450-35)/(52.27-33.35)=287.48mm.
Therefore let's use Ø8 C/C 280mm, from X=1.51 to X=2.5m; Vdr=71.19KN use Ø10
S= 143.74mm, let’s use Ø10 C/C 140mm
Shear reinforcement detail of the beam

24 June 2008 94
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Reinforcement detail for shear using coefficient method


Level( Leng
Max. spacing to the left Max. spacing to the right
m) th
x=1.66 to 2.4 x=0.7 to 1.66 x=0 to 0.7 x=0 to 0.7 x=0.7 to 1.53 x=1.53 to 2
Z=0 4.4m
φ10 c|c130 φ8 c|c150 φ6 c|c170 φ6 c|c170 φ8 c|c250 φ10 c|c150

Z=3.6 x=1.91 to 3.3 x=0.96 to 1.91 x=0 to 0.96 x=0 to 0.96 x=0.96 to 1.51 x=1.51 to 2.5
to 5.8m
13.5m φ10 c|c120 φ8 c|c160 φ6 c|c160 φ6 c|c160 φ8 c|c200 φ10 c|c140

Z=16.5 x=1.88 to 2.8 x=0.92 to 1.88 x=0 to 0.92 x=0 to 0.92 x=0.92 to 2.2 x=2.2 to 3
to 5.8m
20.1m φ8 c|c170 φ8 c|c200 φ6 c|c150 φ6 c|c150 φ8 c|c170 φ10 c|c160

Reinforcement detail for shear using strip method

Level(
Length Max. spacing to the left Max. spacing to the right
m)
x=1.66 to 2.4 x=0.7 to 1.66 x=0 to 0.7 x=0 to 0.7 x=0.7 to 1.53 x=1.53 to 2
Z=0 4.4m
φ10 c|c140 φ8 c|c160 φ6 c|c180 φ6 c|c180 φ8 c|c300 φ10 c|c160

Z=3.6 x=1.91 to 3.3 x=0.96 to 1.91 x=0 to 0.96 x=0 to 0.96 x=0.96 to 1.51 x=1.51 to 2.5
to 5.8m
13.5m φ10 c|c130 φ8 c|c170 φ6 c|c170 φ6 c|c170 φ8 c|c250 φ10 c|c150

Z=16. x=1.88 to 2.8 x=0.92 to 1.88 x=0 to 0.92 x=0 to 0.92 x=0.92 to 2.2 x=2.2 to 3
5 to 5.8m
20.1m φ10 c|c140 φ8 c|c180 φ6 c|c180 φ6 c|c180 φ8 c|c200 φ8 c|c140

24 June 2008 95
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

6.1 Column Analysis and design


Columns are up right members which carry the loads from begs and slabs down to the
foundation and there fore they are primary compression members & have to resist bending
forces.

Design procedures:
Columns which are concentrically compression occur rarely and hence are subjected to
bending moment also the axial load capacity decreased when moment also present. The total
eccentricity to be used for the design of columns of constant X-section at critical section is;
ed,tot = ea+eo+e2 Where; ea ≥ {Le/300,20mm; initial eccentricity
eo=Md/Nsd; first order eccentricity (when equal eccentricity exists at both ends).
eo = 0.6 eo1 + eo2, eo=0.4 eo2 ⇒ higher value & eo1 and eo2 are the first eccentricity at the
ends, eo2 being positive and greater in magnitude than eo1.
e2 =K1Le2/10(1/r) ⇒ for isolated columns of non-sway frames

K1= { ( λ /20 -0.75) for 15≤ λ ≤ 35 and 1.0 for λ >35


1/r=curvature at the critical section, 1/r=K2 (5/d)*10-3, K2=Md/Mbal; Md design moment and Mbal
balanced moment.
The second order eccentricity can be neglected when;

For sway frames; λ ≤ {25, 15/ Vd where Vd =Nsd/ (Ac*fcd)

For non-sway frames; λ ≤50-25(M1/M2); where M1&M2 are the first order moment at the
ends, M2 being always positive and greater than M1 and Le is effective length (distance between
two consecutive points of contra flexure i.e. zero bending moment). According to EBCS-2, 1995,
the effective length for a reinforced concrete column in a give plane is determined.

The column represent as shown

24 June 2008 96
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

A frame may be classified as non-sway for a given load case, if it satisfies the criterion;
Ns/Ncr ≤ 0.1, where Nsd is the design value and Ncr is critical value for failure in a sway mode.

6.1.1 Determination of the effective length


The effective buckling length Le of a column in a given plane may be obtained from the
following:
Table 6.2.1effective length
Non-sway mode Sway mode

Le αm +0.4 7.5 + 4(α1 +α2 ) +1.6α1α2


= ≥ 0.7 Le
= ≥ 1.15
L αm +0.8 L 7.5 +α1 +α2
Or conservatively

Le
= 1+ 0.8αm ≥ 1.15
L

K1 + K c K + Kc α +α2
α1 = α2 = 2 α = 1
K 11 + K 12 , K 21 + K 22 and m 2
Table 6.2.2 stiffness of beam and column
Beam h(cm) b(cm) L(cm) Ix ex. Iy ky Column
649 50 40 580 5000000 8620.69 3E+06 5517.241
1081 50 40 600 5000000 8333.333 3E+06 5333.333
1093 50 40 440 5000000 11363.64 3E+06 7272.727
cl,385 35 35 360 1500625 4168.403 2E+06 4168.403 C1
Beam
649 50 40 580 5000000 8620.69 3E+06 5517.241
651 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
1083 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
1095 50 30 440 3750000 8522.727 1E+06 3068.182
1081 50 40 600 5000000 8333.333 3E+06 5333.333
1093 50 30 440 3750000 8522.727 1E+06 3068.182
cl,386387 35 35 360 1500625 4168.403 2E+06 4168.403 C1
Beam C1
651 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
653 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
24 June 2008 97
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

1085 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250


1097 50 30 440 3750000 8522.727 1E+06 3068.182
1083 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
1095 50 30 444 3750000 8445.946 1E+06 3040.541
cl, 388,389 35 35 330 1500625 4547.348 2E+06 4547.348
Beam
653 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
655 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
1087 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
1099 50 30 440 3750000 8522.727 1E+06 3068.182
1085 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
1097 50 30 440 3750000 8522.727 1E+06 3068.182
cl,390,391 35 35 330 1500625 4547.348 2E+06 4547.348 C1
Beam
655 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
657 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
1089 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
1101 50 30 440 3750000 8522.727 1E+06 3068.182
1087 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
1099 50 30 440 3750000 8522.727 1E+06 3068.182
cl, 392,393 35 35 330 1500625 4547.348 2E+06 4547.348 C1
Beam
657 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
659 25 25 580 390625 673.4914 390625 673.4914
1089 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
1101 50 30 440 3750000 8522.727 1E+06 3068.182
1091 25 25 600 390625 651.0417 390625 651.0417
1103 25 25 440 390625 887.7841 390625 887.7841
cl,394,395 25 25 330 390625 1183.712 390625 1183.712
Beam C1
541 50 40 320 5000000 15625 3E+06 10000
543 50 40 320 5000000 15625 3E+06 10000
553 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
555 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
985 50 40 520 5000000 9615.385 3E+06 6153.846
997 50 40 600 5000000 8333.333 3E+06 5333.333
987 50 30 520 3750000 7211.538 1E+06 2596.154
999 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
cl,278 30 30 360 810000 2250 810000 2250 C2
Beam
541 50 40 320 5000000 15625 3E+06 10000
553 50 40 580 5000000 8620.69 3E+06 5517.241
985 50 40 520 5000000 9615.385 3E+06 6153.846
997 50 40 600 5000000 8333.333 3E+06 5333.333
cl,277 30 30 165 810000 4909.091 810000 4909.091 C2
Beam
543 50 30 320 3750000 11718.75 1E+06 4218.75 C2
555 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
545 50 30 320 3750000 11718.75 1E+06 4218.75

24 June 2008 98
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

557 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586


987 50 30 520 3750000 7211.538 1E+06 2596.154
999 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
989 50 30 520 3750000 7211.538 1E+06 2596.154
1001 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
cl,288,289 30 30 330 810000 2454.545 810000 2454.545
Beam
545 50 30 320 3750000 11718.75 1E+06 4218.75
557 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
547 50 30 320 3750000 11718.75 1E+06 4218.75
559 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
989 50 30 520 3750000 7211.538 1E+06 2596.154
1001 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
991 50 30 520 3750000 7211.538 1E+06 2596.154
1003 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
cl,282,283 30 30 330 810000 2454.545 810000 2454.545 C2
Beam
547 50 30 320 3750000 11718.75 1E+06 4218.75
559 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
549 50 30 320 3750000 11718.75 1E+06 4218.75
561 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
991 50 30 520 3750000 7211.538 1E+06 2596.154
1003 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
993 50 30 520 3750000 7211.538 1E+06 2596.154
1005 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
cl,284,285 30 30 330 810000 2454.545 810000 2454.545 C2
beam
549 50 30 320 3750000 11718.75 1E+06 4218.75
561 50 30 580 3750000 6465.517 1E+06 2327.586
551 25 25 320 390625 1220.703 390625 1220.703
563 25 25 580 390625 673.4914 390625 673.4914
993 50 30 520 3750000 7211.538 1E+06 2596.154
1005 50 30 600 3750000 6250 1E+06 2250
995 25 25 520 390625 751.2019 390625 751.2019
1007 25 25 600 390625 651.0417 390625 651.0417
cl,286,287 25 25 330 390625 1183.712 390625 1183.712 C2
bean
551 25 25 320 390625 1220.703 390625 1220.703
563 25 25 563 390625 693.8277 390625 693.8277
552 25 25 320 390625 1220.703 390625 1220.703
995 25 25 520 390625 751.2019 390625 751.2019
1007 25 25 600 390625 651.0417 390625 651.0417
1008 25 25 600 390625 651.0417 390625 651.0417
cl,288,289 25 25 330 390625 1183.712 390625 1183.712 C2
beam
673 50 40 300 5000000 16666.67 3E+06 10666.67
877 50 40 300 5000000 16666.67 3E+06 10666.67
cl,145 30 165 39740.63 240.8523 39741 240.8523 C3
beam
673 50 40 300 5000000 16666.67 3E+06 10666.67 C3
24 June 2008 99
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

675 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500


877 50 40 300 5000000 16666.67 3E+06 10666.67
879 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
cl,146,147 30 360 39740.63 110.3906 39741 110.3906
beam
675 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
677 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
879 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
881 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
cl,148,149 30 330 39740.63 120.4261 39741 120.4261 C3
beam
677 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
679 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
881 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
883 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
cl,150,151 30 330 39740.63 120.4261 39741 120.4261 C3
beam
679 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
681 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
883 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
885 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
cl,152,153 30 330 39740.63 120.4261 39741 120.4261 C3
beam
681 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
683 25 25 300 390625 1302.083 390625 1302.083
885 50 30 300 3750000 12500 1E+06 4500
887 25 25 300 390625 1302.083 390625 1302.083
cl,154,155 30 330 39740.63 120.4261 39741 120.4261 C3

6.1.2 Check for sway mode


N sd
A frame said to be in sway mode if > 0.1 otherwise non-sway
N cr
Results are tabulated below
Table 6.2.3 determination of effective length
frame K11 K31 KA KB KC α1 α2 αm L Lex
385 8621 0 4168 0.00 4168.40 0.97 1.00 0.98 1.65 2.21
386 6466 8621 4547 4168.40 4168.40 1.41 0.97 1.19 3.60 5.02
388 6466 6466 4547 4168.40 4547.35 1.41 1.35 1.38 3.30 4.78
390 6466 6250 4547 4547.30 4547.35 0.89 1.46 1.17 3.30 4.58
392 6466 6466 1184 4547.30 4547.35 0.18 1.41 0.80 3.30 4.14
394 674 6466 0 4547.30 1183.71 0.00 0.89 0.44 3.30 3.79
frame K12 K32 KA KB KC α1 α2 αm L Lex
145 16667 0 110 0.00 240.85 0.02 1.00 0.51 1.65 1.93
147 12500 16667 120 240.85 110.39 0.02 0.02 0.02 3.60 3.63
149 12500 12500 120 110.39 120.43 0.02 0.02 0.02 3.30 3.33

24 June 2008 100


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

151 12500 12500 120 120.43 120.43 0.02 0.02 0.02 3.30 3.33
153 12500 12500 120 120.43 120.43 0.01 0.02 0.02 3.30 3.32
155 1302 12500 0 120.43 120.43 1.00 0.02 0.51 3.30 3.85
frame K11 K12 K31 K34 KA KB KC α1 α2 αm L Lex
277 15625 6466 0 0.00 2250.00 0.00 4909.10 0.32 1.00 0.66 1.70 2.03
279 15625 6466 15625 6465.50 2454.55 4909.10 2250.00 0.21 0.32 0.27 3.60 3.97
281 11719 6466 11719 6465.50 2454.55 2250.00 2454.50 0.27 0.26 0.26 3.30 3.63
283 11719 6466 11719 6465.50 2454.55 2454.50 2454.50 0.27 0.27 0.27 3.30 3.64
285 11719 6466 11719 6465.50 1183.71 2454.50 2454.50 0.20 0.27 0.24 3.30 3.60
287 1221 674 11719 6465.50 1183.71 2454.50 1183.70 1.25 0.20 0.73 3.30 4.08
288 1221 0 1221 673.49 0.00 1183.70 1183.70 0.97 1.25 1.11 3.30 4.53
frame K21 K22 K41 K42 KA KB KC α1 α2 αm L Ley
385 4168 0 0 0.00 4168.40 0.00 4168.40 2.00 1.00 1.50 1.70 2.43
386 6250 8523 8333 8333.30 4547.35 4168.40 4168.40 0.59 0.25 0.42 3.60 4.15
388 6250 8523 6250 8445.90 4547.35 4168.40 4547.30 0.62 0.31 0.46 3.30 3.86
390 6250 8523 6250 8522.70 4547.35 4547.30 4547.30 0.62 0.31 0.46 3.30 3.86
392 6250 8523 6250 8522.70 1183.71 4547.30 4547.30 0.39 0.31 0.35 3.30 3.73
394 651 888 6250 8522.70 0.00 4547.30 1183.70 0.77 0.08 0.43 3.30 3.79
145 16667 0 0 0.00 110.39 0.00 240.85 0.02 1.00 0.51 1.70 1.93
147 12500 0 16667 0.00 120.43 240.85 110.39 0.02 0.01 0.01 3.60 3.62
149 12500 0 12500 0.00 120.43 110.39 120.43 0.02 0.01 0.01 3.30 3.32
151 12500 0 12500 0.00 120.43 120.43 120.43 0.02 0.01 0.01 3.30 3.32
153 12500 0 12500 0.00 120.43 120.43 120.43 0.02 0.01 0.01 3.30 3.32
155 1302 0 12500 0.00 0.00 120.43 120.43 0.09 0.01 0.05 3.30 3.37
frame K21 K22 K41 K42 KA KB KC α1 α2 αm L Ley
277 9615 8333 0 0.00 2250.00 0.00 4909.10 0.40 1.00 0.70 1.70 2.05
279 7212 6250 9615 8333.30 2454.55 4909.10 2250.00 0.35 0.40 0.37 3.60 4.10
281 7212 6250 7212 6250.00 2454.55 2250.00 2454.50 0.37 0.35 0.36 3.30 3.74
283 7212 6250 7212 6250.00 2454.55 2454.50 2454.50 0.37 0.36 0.37 3.30 3.75
285 7212 6250 7212 6250.00 1183.71 2454.50 2454.50 0.27 0.36 0.32 3.30 3.69
287 751 651 7212 6250.00 1183.71 2454.50 1183.70 1.69 0.27 0.98 3.30 4.30
288 651 651 751.20 651.04 0.00 1183.70 1183.70 0.91 1.69 1.30 3.30 4.68

Table 6.2.4 sway mode or non sway mode


h b IC no ø d Is Le Ncr Nsd
frame (mm) (mm) (mm^4) bars bar (mm) (mm^4) (mm) Eie 10^6 10^6 ratio condition
385 350 350 1.25E+09 8 28 132 3.23E+07 2430 9.53E+09 15.9 0.94 0.06 non-sway
387 350 350 1.25E+09 8 28 132 3.23E+07 4150 9.53E+09 5.45 1.08 0.2 sway
389 350 350 1.25E+09 8 28 132 3.23E+07 3860 9.53E+09 6.3 0.84 0.13 sway
391 350 350 1.25E+09 8 24 134 2.44E+07 3860 7.95E+09 5.26 0.61 0.12 sway
393 350 350 1.25E+09 8 24 134 2.44E+07 3730 7.95E+09 5.64 0.38 0.07 non-sway
395 350 350 1.25E+09 8 20 136 1.74E+07 3790 6.56E+09 4.5 0.15 0.03 non-sway
145 300 300 3.97E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 1930 4.21E+09 11.1 0.39 0.04 non-sway
147 300 300 3.97E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 3620 4.21E+09 3.17 0.36 0.12 sway
149 300 300 3.97E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 3320 4.21E+09 3.77 0.28 0.07 non-sway
151 300 300 3.97E+08 8 20 111 1.16E+07 3320 3.30E+09 2.95 0.19 0.07 non-sway
153 300 300 3.97E+08 8 20 111 1.16E+07 3320 3.30E+09 2.95 0.11 0.04 non-sway
155 300 300 3.97E+08 8 20 111 1.16E+07 3620 3.30E+09 2.48 0.02 0.01 non-sway

24 June 2008 101


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

277 300 300 6.75E+08 8 28 107 2.12E+07 2050 5.90E+09 13.9 1.9 0.14 sway
279 300 300 6.75E+08 8 28 107 2.12E+07 4100 5.90E+09 3.46 1.85 0.53 sway
281 300 300 6.75E+08 8 28 107 2.12E+07 3740 5.90E+09 4.16 1.43 0.34 sway
283 300 300 6.75E+08 8 28 107 2.12E+07 3750 5.90E+09 4.14 1.01 0.25 sway
285 300 300 6.75E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 3700 4.89E+09 3.52 0.6 0.17 sway
287 300 300 6.75E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 4300 4.89E+09 2.61 0.19 0.07 non-sway
288 300 300 6.75E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 4700 4.89E+09 2.18 0.02 0.01 non-sway

6.1.3 Check slenderness ratio


Le
λ=
For isolated columns, the slenderness ratio is defined by: i
Where: Le is the effective buckling length
i is the minimum radius of gyration of the concrete section.
Limits of slenderness
™ The slenderness ratio of concrete columns shall not exceed 140
™ Second order effects in compressive members need not be taken in to account in
the following cases:
For sway frames For non-sway frames

λ ≤ 25 15 M1
and λ ≤ λ ≤ 50 − 25
υd M2

the greater one

Where M1 and M2 are the first-order (calculated) moments at the ends, M2 being always positive
and greater in magnitude than M1,and M1being positive if member is bent in single curvature and
N sd
negative if bent in double curvature. υd =
f cd Ac
Table 6.2.6 Check for long or short column condition effects.
frame Iy Le A i λ condition
385 2E+06 243 1225 35 6.94 non-slender 151 39741 332 707 7.50 44.28 non-slender
387 2E+06 415 1225 35 11.86 non-slender 153 39741 332 707 7.50 44.28 non-slender
389 2E+06 386 1225 35 11.03 non-slender 155 39741 362 707 7.50 48.28 non-slender
391 2E+06 386 1225 35 11.03 non-slender 277 810000 205 900 30 6.83 non-slender
393 2E+06 373 1225 35 10.66 non-slender 279 810000 410 900 30 13.67 non-slender
395 390625 379 1225 17.86 21.22 non-slender 281 810000 374 900 30 12.47 non-slender
145 39741 193 707 7.50 25.74 non-slender 283 810000 375 900 30 12.50 non-slender
147 39741 362 707 7.50 48.28 non-slender 285 810000 370 900 30 12.33 non-slender
149 39741 332 707 7.50 44.28 non-slender 287 390625 430 625 25 17.20 non-slender
289 390625 470 625 25 18.80 non-slender

24 June 2008 102


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table6.2.7 Consideration of the second order effect or not.


sway frames
fram Ac λ<2 λ frame 2nd order
e (mm2) Nsd(N) v λ 5 computed type effect Ley
387 122500 1078948 0.8 16.9 25 11.8571 short not-consider 12
389 122500 841768 0.6 19.1 25 11.0286 short not-consider 11
391 122500 609820 0.4 22.5 25 10.6571 short not-consider 11
147 90000 390151 0.4 24.1 25 48.2837 longer consider 10
277 90000 1897586 1.9 10.9 25 6.83333 short not-consider 68
279 90000 1846811 1.8 11.1 25 13.6667 short not-consider 14
281 90000 1427356 1.4 12.6 25 12.4667 short not-consider 13
283 90000 1013135 1 14.9 25 12.5 short not-consider 13
285 90000 600365 0.6 19.4 25 12.3333 short not-consider 12

non sway frame


50- 2nd
frame Ac M1 M2 25(M1/M2) λ order effect
385 122500 -9.32 22.42 60.39 6.94 not-consider
393 122500 -54.54 51.62 76.41 10.66 not-consider
395 122500 -12.25 35.66 58.59 21.22 not-consider
145 90000 -5.53 5.06 77.32 25.74 not-consider
149 90000 -27.42 27.88 74.59 44.28 not-consider
151 90000 -26.43 25.48 75.93 44.28 not-consider
153 90000 -27.63 25.96 76.61 44.28 not-consider
155 90000 -9.58 20.05 61.95 48.28 not-consider
287 90000 -1.72 23.55 51.83 17.20 not-consider
289 90000 -7.20 6.78 76.55 18.80 not-consider

6.1.4 Determination of the total eccentricity


The total eccentricity to be used for the design columns of constant cross-section at the critical
section is given by: etot = ee+ea+e2
Where: ea is equivalent constant first-order eccentricity of the design axial load
ee =eo …for first order eccentricity eo equal at both ends of a column. ee=
0.6eo2+0.4eo2. ee = 0.4eo2 ….for first order moments varying linearly along the length the
Equivalent eccentricity is the higher value. Where eo1 and eo2 are the first order eccentricities at
the ends, eo2 being positive and greater in magnitude. ea is the additional eccentricity
e2 is the second- order eccentricity, for non sway frames e2 is given by

K1L2e
e2 = Where: Le is the effective buckling length of the column
10r
K1=λ/20-0.75 for 15 < λ < 35 and K1=1.0 for λ > 35
24 June 2008 103
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

1/r is the curvature at the critical section


In the amplified sway moments method, the sway moments found by a first order analysis shall
be increased by multiplying them by the moment magnification factor:
1
δs = Where: Nsd is the design value of the total vertical loads apartmentnt.
N sd
1−
N cr
Ncr is its critical value for failure in a sway mode
The amplified sway moments method shall not be used when the critical load ratio Nsd/Ncr is
more than 0.25.
Table 6.2.8
adjusted adjusted
frame Le ea(mm) ea(mm) frame Le ea(mm) ea(mm)
385 2.43E+03 8.10E+00 20 151 3.32E+03 1.11E+01 20
387 4.15E+03 1.38E+01 20 153 3.32E+03 1.11E+01 20
389 3.86E+03 1.29E+01 20 155 3.62E+03 1.21E+01 20
391 3.86E+03 1.29E+01 20 277 2.05E+03 6.83E+00 20
393 3.73E+03 1.24E+01 20 279 4.10E+03 1.37E+01 20
395 3.79E+03 1.26E+01 20 281 3.74E+03 1.25E+01 20
145 1.93E+03 6.43E+00 20 283 3.75E+03 1.25E+01 20
147 3.62E+03 1.21E+01 20 285 3.70E+03 1.23E+01 20
149 3.32E+03 1.11E+01 20 287 4.30E+03 1.43E+01 20
289 4.70E+03 1.57E+01 20

Table 6.2.9 second order eccentricity e2


Ncr Nsd σs Ncr Nsd σs
frame 10^6 10^6 Nsd/Ncr σs (adjusted) frame 10^6 10^6 Nsd/Ncr σs (adjusted)
385 15.9 0.94 0.06 1.06 1.06 153 2.95 0.11 0.04 1.04 1.04
387 5.45 1.08 0.2 1.25 1.25 155 2.48 0.02 0.01 1.01 1.01
13.8
389 6.3 0.84 0.13 1.15 1.15 277 5 1.9 0.14 1.16 1.16
391 5.26 0.61 0.12 1.13 1.13 279 3.46 1.85 0.53 2.14 1.33
393 5.64 0.38 0.07 1.07 1.07 281 4.16 1.43 0.34 1.52 1.33
395 4.5 0.15 0.03 1.03 1.03 283 4.14 1.01 0.24 1.32 1.32
145 11.14 0.39 0.04 1.04 1.04 285 3.52 0.6 0.17 1.21 1.21
147 3.17 0.36 0.11 1.13 1.13 287 2.61 0.19 0.07 1.08 1.08
149 3.77 0.28 0.07 1.08 1.08 289 2.18 0.02 0.01 1.01 1.01
151 2.95 0.19 0.07 1.07 1.07

Table 6.2.10 the first order eccentricities at the ends.


Case-1 governed compunation. (Comp-1)

24 June 2008 104


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

frame M1x M2x M1y M2y σs M1x M2x M1y M2y Nsd eo1y eo2y eo1x eo2x
385 5.39 22.42 7.71 9.32 1.02 5.50 22.87 7.86 9.51 940.45 5.85 24.32 8.36 10.11
387 31.22 16.17 8.40 6.75 1.10 34.36 17.79 9.24 7.43 1078.95 6.85 16.49 8.57 6.88
389 48.60 51.19 11.90 11.06 1.10 53.32 56.16 13.06 12.13 841.77 7.85 66.72 15.51 14.42
391 48.14 48.20 14.17 13.42 1.08 52.10 52.17 15.34 14.53 609.82 8.85 85.55 25.15 23.82
393 54.54 51.62 13.34 14.03 1.05 57.04 53.99 13.95 14.67 376.72 9.85 143.32 37.04 38.95
395 12.25 36.66 38.74 25.34 1.03 12.66 37.89 40.04 26.19 146.60 10.85 258.49 273.20 178.67
145 3.13 0.73 5.53 5.06 1.04 3.24 0.76 5.73 5.24 390.15 11.85 1.94 14.69 13.44
147 4.15 2.91 19.94 11.42 1.13 4.69 3.29 22.52 12.90 363.28 12.85 9.05 62.00 35.51
149 5.65 4.87 24.37 24.57 1.08 6.10 5.26 26.33 26.54 280.02 13.85 18.79 94.02 94.79
151 6.54 6.00 27.08 26.56 1.07 7.00 6.42 28.99 28.43 194.16 14.85 33.08 149.30 146.42
153 7.54 7.12 27.63 25.95 1.04 7.82 7.39 28.66 26.92 106.38 15.85 69.43 269.40 253.06
155 5.86 6.21 9.58 20.05 1.01 5.91 6.26 9.66 20.21 19.32 16.85 323.96 499.80 1045.97
277 12.97 2.59 2.30 1.60 1.16 15.03 3.00 2.67 1.85 1897.59 17.85 1.58 1.40 0.98
279 26.97 10.42 2.58 2.90 1.33 35.96 13.89 3.44 3.87 1846.81 18.85 7.52 1.86 2.09
281 38.73 41.50 2.75 1.60 1.33 51.64 55.33 3.67 2.13 1427.36 19.85 38.77 2.57 1.49
283 34.81 34.80 3.65 2.84 1.32 46.09 46.08 4.83 3.76 1013.14 20.85 45.48 4.77 3.71
285 40.77 37.54 4.35 3.40 1.21 49.14 45.25 5.24 4.10 600.37 21.85 75.37 8.73 6.83
287 1.72 23.55 1.45 2.34 1.08 1.85 25.36 1.56 2.52 186.49 22.85 136.00 8.37 13.51
289 5.45 5.52 6.78 7.20 1.01 5.51 5.58 6.86 7.28 24.19 23.85 230.73 283.40 300.95
case -2 worst case
frame M1x M2x M2y σs M1x M2x M1y M2y Nsd eo1y eo2y eo1x eo2x
385 2.53 1 20.23 1.02 2.58 1.02 14.28 20.64 940.45 2.74 1.08 15.19 21.94
387 27.68 27.88 7.68 1.10 30.46 30.68 14.69 8.45 1078.95 28.23 28.44 13.62 7.83
389 28.61 27.79 16.06 1.10 31.39 30.49 17.73 17.62 841.77 37.29 36.22 21.06 20.93
391 26.43 25.48 17.54 1.08 28.61 27.58 19.68 18.98 609.82 46.91 45.22 32.27 31.13
393 22.96 21.92 17.33 1.05 24.01 22.93 19.75 18.12 376.72 63.75 60.86 52.42 48.10
395 14.21 15.92 13.79 1.03 14.69 16.46 6.49 14.26 146.60 100.19 112.25 44.28 97.25
145 2.23 2 50.71 1.04 2.31 2.07 26.45 52.55 390.15 5.92 5.31 67.78 134.69
147 20.24 8 83.33 1.13 22.86 9.04 86.66 94.12 363.28 62.93 24.87 238.50 259.10
149 29.07 31 70.21 1.08 31.41 33.49 77.68 75.85 280.02 112.15 119.60 277.40 270.87
151 26.11 26.08 61.43 1.07 27.95 27.91 68.45 65.75 194.16 143.94 143.77 352.50 338.65
153 30.58 28.15 48.65 1.04 31.72 29.20 53.99 50.47 106.38 298.21 274.51 507.60 474.43
155 1.34 17.71 33.9 1.01 1.35 17.85 37.10 34.17 19.32 69.91 923.90 1920.00 1768.50
277 4.07 4.11 12.7 1.16 4.72 4.76 13.56 14.72 1897.59 2.49 2.51 7.14 7.76
279 0.5 1 32.9 1.33 0.67 1.33 29.04 43.87 1846.81 0.36 0.72 15.72 23.75
281 23.77 12.54 53.56 1.33 31.69 16.72 66.72 71.41 1427.36 22.20 11.71 46.74 50.03
283 37 39.06 40.78 1.32 48.99 51.72 54.03 53.99 1013.14 48.35 51.05 53.33 53.29
285 36.77 36.8 31.4 1.21 44.32 44.36 38.39 37.85 600.37 73.83 73.89 63.95 63.04
287 17.97 39.34 20.36 1.08 19.35 42.37 9.54 21.93 186.49 103.78 227.21 51.17 117.58
289 9.39 11.71 6.7 1.01 9.50 11.84 13.83 6.78 24.19 392.49 489.47 571.80 280.05

24 June 2008 105


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 6.2.11 Determination of 1st order eccentricity e0


Case-1 governed compunation. (Comp-1)
0.6*eo2y+ 0.6*eo2x+
frame eo1y eo2y eo1x eo2x 0.4*eoy1 0.4*eo2y eoy 0.4*eox1 0.4*eo2x eox
385 5.85 24.32 8.36 10.11 16.93 9.73 16.93 9.41 4.04 9.41
387 31.84 16.49 8.57 6.88 22.63 6.60 22.63 7.56 2.75 7.56
389 63.35 66.72 15.51 14.42 65.37 26.69 65.37 14.85 5.77 14.85
391 85.44 85.55 25.15 23.82 85.51 34.22 85.51 24.35 9.53 24.35
393 151.42 143.32 37.04 38.95 146.56 57.33 146.56 38.19 15.58 38.19
395 86.37 258.49 273.15 178.67 189.64 103.39 189.64 216.46 71.47 216.46
145 8.31 1.94 14.69 13.44 4.49 0.78 4.49 13.94 5.38 13.94
147 12.90 9.05 62.00 35.51 10.59 3.62 10.59 46.11 14.20 46.11
149 21.80 18.79 94.02 94.79 19.99 7.52 19.99 94.48 37.92 94.48
151 36.05 33.08 149.28 146.42 34.27 13.23 34.27 147.56 58.57 147.56
153 73.53 69.43 269.44 253.06 71.07 27.77 71.07 259.61 101.22 259.61
155 305.71 323.96 499.77 1045.97 316.66 129.59 316.66 827.49 418.39 827.49
277 7.92 1.58 1.40 0.98 4.12 0.63 4.12 1.15 0.39 1.15
279 19.47 7.52 1.86 2.09 12.30 3.01 12.30 2.00 0.84 2.00
281 36.18 38.77 2.57 1.49 37.73 15.51 37.73 1.92 0.60 1.92
283 45.49 45.48 4.77 3.71 45.48 18.19 45.48 4.13 1.48 4.13
285 81.86 75.37 8.73 6.83 77.97 30.15 77.97 7.59 2.73 7.59
287 9.93 136.00 8.37 13.51 85.57 54.40 85.57 11.46 5.41 11.46
289 227.81 230.73 283.40 300.95 229.56 92.29 229.56 293.93 120.38 293.93
C) worst condition 0.6*eo2y+ 0.6*eo2x+
frame eo1y eo2y eo1x eo2x 0.4*eoy1 0.4*eo2y eoy 0.4*eox1 eox
385 2.74 1.08 15.19 21.94 1.75 0.43 1.75 19.24 19.24
387 28.23 28.44 13.62 7.83 28.35 11.37 28.35 10.15 10.15
389 37.29 36.22 21.06 20.93 36.65 14.49 36.65 20.99 20.99
391 46.91 45.22 32.27 31.13 45.90 18.09 45.90 31.58 31.58
393 63.75 60.86 52.42 48.10 62.01 24.34 62.01 49.83 49.83
395 100.19 112.25 44.28 97.25 107.43 44.90 107.43 76.06 76.06
145 5.92 5.31 67.78 134.69 5.56 2.12 5.56 107.93 107.93
147 62.93 24.88 238.55 259.10 40.10 9.95 40.10 250.88 250.88
149 112.15 119.60 277.39 270.87 116.62 47.84 116.62 273.48 273.48
151 143.94 143.77 352.54 338.65 143.84 57.51 143.84 344.20 344.20
153 298.21 274.51 507.58 474.43 283.99 109.81 283.99 487.69 487.69
155 69.91 923.90 1920.31 1768.50 582.30 369.56 582.30 1829.22 1829.22
277 2.49 2.51 7.14 7.76 2.50 1.00 2.50 7.51 7.51
279 0.36 0.72 15.72 23.75 0.58 0.29 0.58 20.54 20.54
281 22.20 11.71 46.74 50.03 15.91 4.69 15.91 48.72 48.72
24 June 2008 106
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

283 48.35 51.05 53.33 53.29 49.97 20.42 49.97 53.31 53.31
285 73.83 73.89 63.95 63.04 73.86 29.55 73.86 63.41 63.41
287 103.78 227.21 51.17 117.58 177.83 90.88 177.83 91.01 91.01
289 392.49 489.47 571.81 280.05 450.68 195.79 450.68 396.76 396.76

Table 6.2.12 Total eccentricity editor and moments

c-1) case -1 for comb-1

frame eoy eox Nsd*10^6 ea ed,totx ed,toty Mdx Mdy


385 16.93 9.41 0.94 20.00 29.41 36.93 34.73 27.66
387 22.63 7.56 1.08 20.00 27.56 42.63 46.00 29.73
389 65.37 14.85 0.84 20.00 34.85 85.37 71.86 29.34
391 85.51 24.35 0.61 20.00 44.35 105.51 64.34 27.05
393 146.56 38.19 0.38 20.00 58.19 166.56 62.75 21.92
395 189.64 216.46 0.15 20.00 236.46 209.64 30.73 34.66
145 4.49 13.94 0.39 20.00 33.94 24.49 9.55 13.24
147 10.59 46.11 0.36 20.00 66.11 30.59 11.11 24.01
149 19.99 94.48 0.28 20.00 114.48 39.99 11.20 32.06
151 34.27 147.56 0.19 20.00 167.56 54.27 10.54 32.53
153 71.07 259.61 0.11 20.00 279.61 91.07 9.69 29.74
155 316.66 827.49 0.02 20.00 847.49 336.66 6.50 16.37
277 4.12 1.15 1.90 20.00 21.15 24.12 45.76 40.13
279 12.30 2.00 1.85 20.00 22.00 32.30 59.66 40.63
281 37.73 1.92 1.43 20.00 21.92 57.73 82.40 31.29
283 45.48 4.13 1.01 20.00 24.13 65.48 66.34 24.45
285 77.97 7.59 0.60 20.00 27.59 97.97 58.82 16.56
287 85.57 11.46 0.19 20.00 31.46 105.57 19.69 5.87
289 229.56 293.93 0.02 20.00 313.93 249.56 6.04 7.59
c-2) case -2 worst case

Nsd Mdx*10^6 Mdy*10^6

frame eoy eox 10^6 ea ed,totx ed,toty (Nmm) (Nmm)


385 1.75 19.24 0.94 20 39.24 21.75 20.45 36.90
387 28.35 10.15 1.08 20 30.15 48.35 52.17 32.53
389 36.65 20.99 0.84 20 40.99 56.65 47.69 34.50
391 45.90 31.59 0.61 20 51.58 65.90 40.19 31.46
393 62.01 49.83 0.38 20 69.83 82.01 30.90 26.31
395 107.43 76.06 0.15 20 96.06 127.43 18.68 14.08
145 5.56 107.93 0.39 20 127.93 25.56 9.97 49.91
147 40.10 250.88 0.36 20 270.88 60.10 21.83 98.40
149 116.62 273.48 0.28 20 293.48 136.62 38.26 82.18
151 143.84 344.20 0.19 20 364.20 163.84 31.81 70.71
24 June 2008 107
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

153 283.99 487.69 0.11 20 507.69 303.99 32.34 54.01


155 582.30 1829.20 0.02 20 1849.22 602.30 11.64 35.73
277 2.50 7.51 1.90 20 27.51 22.50 42.70 52.20
279 0.58 20.54 1.85 20 40.54 20.58 38.00 74.87
281 15.91 48.72 1.43 20 68.72 35.91 51.26 98.08
283 49.97 53.31 1.01 20 73.31 69.97 70.89 74.27
285 73.86 63.41 0.60 20 83.41 93.86 56.35 50.07
287 177.83 91.01 0.19 20 111.01 197.83 36.89 20.70
289 450.68 396.76 0.02 20 416.76 470.68 11.39 10.08

Table 6.2.13 Reinforcement bars determination


Reinforcements provided according to EBCS-2, 1995 using interaction charts as follows.
case-1

frame Ac(mm2) h(mm) Nsd*10^6 Msdx*10^6 Msdy*10^6 η µsdx µsdy ω


385 250000 350 0.94 20.45 27.66 0.34 0.02 0.03 0.10
387 202500 350 1.08 52.17 29.73 0.48 0.07 0.04 0.25
389 160000 350 0.84 47.69 29.34 0.47 0.08 0.05 0.08
391 160000 350 0.61 40.19 27.05 0.34 0.06 0.04 0.00
393 160000 350 0.38 30.90 21.92 0.21 0.05 0.04 0.03
395 122500 350 0.15 18.68 34.66 0.11 0.04 0.07 0.09
Mad η µsd ω
145 90000 300 0.39 9.97 13.24 15.23 0.39 0.05 0.00
147 90000 300 0.36 21.83 24.01 27.62 0.36 0.09 0.00
149 90000 300 0.28 38.26 32.06 44.00 0.28 0.15 0.15
151 90000 300 0.19 31.81 32.53 37.41 0.19 0.12 0.12
153 90000 300 0.11 32.34 29.74 37.19 0.11 0.12 0.30
155 90000 300 0.02 11.64 16.37 18.83 0.02 0.06 0.20
frame Ac(mm2) h(mm) Nsd*10^6 Msdx*10^6 Msdy*10^6 η µsdx µsdy ω
277 202500 300 1.90 42.70 40.13 0.84 0.06 0.06 1.00
279 160000 300 1.85 38.00 40.63 1.03 0.07 0.08 0.98
281 90000 300 1.43 51.26 31.29 1.42 0.17 0.10 1.00
283 90000 300 1.01 70.89 24.45 1.01 0.24 0.08 0.72
285 90000 300 0.60 56.35 16.56 0.60 0.19 0.05 0.40
287 62500 300 0.19 36.89 5.87 0.27 0.18 0.03 0.13

289 62500 300 0.02 11.39 7.59 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.00
case--2
frame Ac(mm2) h(mm) Nsd*10^6 Msdx*10^6 Msdy*10^6 η µsdx µsdy ω
385 250000 350 0.94 20.45 36.90 0.34 0.02 0.04 0.10
387 202500 350 1.08 52.17 32.53 0.48 0.07 0.04 0.30
389 160000 350 0.84 47.69 34.50 0.47 0.08 0.06 0.30
24 June 2008 108
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

391 160000 350 0.61 40.19 31.46 0.34 0.06 0.05 0.28
393 160000 350 0.38 30.90 26.31 0.21 0.05 0.04 0.10
395 122500 350 0.15 18.68 14.08 0.11 0.04 0.03 0.05
Mad η µsd ω
145 90000 300 0.39 18.68 49.91 57.40 0.39 0.19 0.35
147 90000 300 0.36 9.97 98.40 113.16 0.36 0.38 0.90
149 90000 300 0.28 21.83 82.18 94.51 0.28 0.31 0.55
151 90000 300 0.19 38.26 70.71 81.32 0.19 0.27 0.60
153 90000 300 0.11 31.81 54.01 62.11 0.11 0.21 0.45
155 90000 300 0.02 32.34 35.73 41.08 0.02 0.14 0.40
η µsdx µsdy ω
277 202500 300 1.90 42.70 52.20 0.84 0.06 0.08 0.10
279 160000 300 1.85 38.00 74.87 1.03 0.07 0.14 0.50
281 90000 300 1.43 51.26 98.08 1.42 0.17 0.33 0.90
283 90000 300 1.01 70.89 74.27 1.01 0.24 0.25 0.80
285 90000 300 0.60 56.35 50.07 0.60 0.19 0.17 0.70
287 62500 300 0.19 36.89 20.70 0.27 0.18 0.10 0.55
289 62500 300 0.02 11.39 10.08 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.70

final reinforcements
No
frame Ac(mm2) w As, calc Amin Asmax As provided Ø bars provided

385 250000 0.10 1070.46 4050 4050 4050 24 8.96 8


387 202500 0.30 2601.21 3240 3240 3240 28 5.26 8
389 160000 0.30 2055.28 2520 2520 2520 20 8.03 8
391 160000 0.28 1884.00 2520 2520 2520 20 8.03 8
393 160000 0.28 1884.00 2520 2520 2520 20 8.03 8
395 122500 0.09 472.07 1890 1890 1890 20 6.02 8
145 90000 0.35 1348.78 2205 2205 2205 20 7.02 8
147 90000 0.90 3468.28 2205 3468.28 3468.28 24 7.67 8
149 90000 0.55 2119.50 2205 2205 2205 20 7.02 8
151 90000 0.60 2312.19 2205 2312.19 2312.19 24 11.51 8
153 90000 0.45 1734.14 2205 2205 2205 20 7.02 8
155 90000 0.40 1541.46 2205 2205 2205 20 7.02 8
277 202500 0.10 867.07 3240 3240 3240 28 5.26 8
279 160000 0.50 3425.50 1350 3425.5 3425.5 24 7.58 8
281 90000 0.90 3468.30 1350 3468.3 3468.3 24 7.67 8
283 90000 0.80 3082.90 1350 3082.9 3082.9 20 9.82 8

24 June 2008 109


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

6.1.5 Transverse bars for columns


The purpose of transverse bars is to keep the longitudinal bars in position and prevent them
from buckling outwards. The minimum diameter of ties or spirals is 6mm or the longitudinal bars
divided by four, which ever is greater. The spacing of the bars is given by
C/c spacing ≤ 12Ø longitudinal bars, b= least dimension of the Column = 300mm
Based on the above requirement and dimension of the transverse bars, the required spacing is
tabulated below.
Table 6.2.14 transversal bars
Column Ømin b Maximum Spacing Spacing Stirrup
frame spacing calculated provided diameter

385 24 500 300 111.64 110 Ø6


387 28 450 300 139.56 135 Ø6
389 20 400 300 179.43 175 Ø6
391 20 400 300 179.43 175 Ø6
393 20 400 300 179.43 175 Ø6
395 20 350 300 239.24 235 Ø6
145 20 300 300 205.06 200 Ø6
147 24 300 300 130.37 130 Ø6
149 20 300 300 205.06 200 Ø6
151 16 300 300 195.56 190 Ø6
153 20 300 300 205.06 200 Ø6
155 20 300 300 205.06 200 Ø6
277 28 450 300 139.56 135 Ø6
279 24 400 300 132.00 130 Ø6
281 24 350 300 130.37 130 Ø6
283 20 350 300 146.67 140 Ø6
285 20 350 300 167.62 165 Ø6
287 16 250 300 307.20 300 Ø6
289 20 250 300 241.37 240 Ø6

6.1.6 Lap length for columns


According to EBCS-2, 1995, the basic anchorage length Lb for any bar diameter of deformed bar
is given by:

Lb = φ * fyd / (8fctd), For C-25 and s-300, Lb = 260.87* φ / (8*1.032) = 31.6 φ


The required anchorage length Lb, net is calculated as
Lb, net = a*Lb* As, cal/As.eff ≥ Lb, min,
Where a = 1(deformed bars) & 0.7 for hooked bars in tension.
24 June 2008 110
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Lb, min = 10 φ for bars in tension

Lb, min = 18.96 φ ≤31.6 φ for compression bars (calculated for beams above)
For bars with 100% lapping at a given section where a1 = 1.4, (EBCS-2 Table 7.3), the required
lap length is computed by:
Lo≥a1* Lb,net ≥ Lo,min

Lo≥1.4*31.6 φ

A. For strip method


Table 6.2.15 sway or non-sway
h b IC no ∅ d Is Ncr Nsd

frame (mm) (mm) (mm^4) bars bar (mm) (mm^4) Le(mm) Eie 10^6 10^6 ratio condition
385 500 350 3.65E+09 8 28 132 3.23E+07 2430 1.54E+10 25.7 1.04 0 non-sway
387 450 350 2.66E+09 8 28 132 3.23E+07 4150 1.30E+10 7.43 1.18 0.2 sway
389 400 350 1.87E+09 8 28 132 3.23E+07 3860 1.10E+10 7.31 0.92 0.1 sway
391 400 350 1.87E+09 8 24 134 2.44E+07 3860 9.47E+09 6.27 0.66 0.1 sway
393 400 350 1.87E+09 8 24 134 2.44E+07 3730 9.47E+09 6.71 0.4 0.1 non-sway
395 350 350 1.25E+09 8 20 136 1.74E+07 3790 6.56E+09 4.5 0.14 0 non-sway
145 300 300 4.00E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 1930 4.21E+09 11.1 0.37 0 non-sway
147 300 300 4.00E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 3620 4.21E+09 3.17 0.34 0.1 sway
149 300 300 4.00E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 3320 4.21E+09 3.77 0.26 0.1 non-sway
151 300 300 4.00E+08 8 20 111 1.16E+07 3320 3.30E+09 2.95 0.18 0.1 non-sway
153 300 300 4.00E+08 8 20 111 1.16E+07 3320 3.30E+09 2.95 0.1 0 non-sway
155 300 300 4.00E+08 8 20 111 1.16E+07 3620 3.30E+09 2.48 0.02 0 non-sway
277 450 300 6.80E+08 8 28 107 2.12E+07 2050 5.90E+09 13.9 1.29 0.1 non-sway
279 400 300 6.80E+08 8 28 107 2.12E+07 4100 5.90E+09 3.46 1.23 0.4 sway
281 350 300 6.80E+08 8 28 107 2.12E+07 3740 5.90E+09 4.16 1 0.2 sway
283 350 300 6.80E+08 8 28 107 2.12E+07 3750 5.90E+09 4.14 0.75 0.2 sway
285 350 300 6.80E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 3700 4.89E+09 3.52 0.51 0.2 sway
287 300 300 6.80E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 4300 4.89E+09 2.61 0.14 0.1 non-sway
288 300 300 6.80E+08 8 24 109 1.62E+07 4700 4.89E+09 2.18 0.02 0 non-sway

24 June 2008 111


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 6.2.16 Slenderness ratio


fra
me Iy Le A i λ condition frame Iy Le A i λ condition
non-
385 1.50E+06 243 2500 24.5 9.92 slender 153 3.97E+04 332 707 7.5 44 non-slender
non-
387 1.50E+06 415 2025 27.2 15.2 slender 155 3.97E+04 362 707 7.5 48 non-slender
non-
389 1.50E+06 386 1600 30.6 12.6 slender 277 8.10E+05 205 2025 20 10 non-slender
non-
391 1.50E+06 386 1600 30.6 12.6 slender 279 8.10E+05 410 1600 23 18 non-slender
non-
393 1.50E+06 373 1600 30.6 12.2 slender 281 8.10E+05 374 1225 26 15 non-slender
non-
395 3.91E+05 379 1225 17.9 21.2 slender 283 8.10E+05 375 1225 26 15 non-slender
non-
145 3.97E+04 193 707 7.5 25.7 slender 285 8.10E+05 370 1225 26 14 non-slender
non-
147 3.97E+04 362 707 7.5 48.3 slender 287 3.91E+05 430 900 21 21 non-slender
non-
149 3.97E+04 332 707 7.5 44.3 slender 289 3.91E+05 470 900 21 23 non-slender
non-
151 3.97E+04 332 707 7.5 44.3 slender

Table 6.2.17 the 2nd order effect


λ. frame 2nd order
frame Ac(mm2) Nsd(N) v λ λ<25 Compu. type effect
sway frames
387 202500 1E+06 0.52 20.73 25 15.24 shorter not-consider
389 160000 917082 0.51 20.94 25 12.60 shorter not-consider
391 160000 658555 0.37 24.71 25 12.60 shorter not-consider
147 90000 338709 0.34 25.84 25 48.28 longer consider
279 160000 1E+06 0.69 18.05 25 18.22 shorter not-consider
281 122500 997030 0.73 17.57 25 14.54 shorter not-consider
283 122500 753650 0.55 20.21 25 14.58 shorter not-consider
285 122500 513440 0.38 24.49 25 14.39 shorter not-consider

non sway
50- 2nd order
frame Ac M1 M2 25(M1/M2) λ effect
385 3E+05 -9.17 22.25 60.30 9.92 not-consider
393 2E+05 -46.54 43.20 76.93 12.18 not-consider
395 1E+05 -9.33 29.37 57.94 21.22 not-consider
145 90000 -2.33 1.00 108.25 25.74 not-consider
149 90000 -4.00 3.77 79.71 44.28 not-consider
151 90000 -5.15 4.70 77.40 44.28 not-consider
153 90000 -6.00 5.73 76.31 44.28 not-consider
155 90000 -5.00 5.23 73.95 48.28 not-consider
277 2E+05 -1.00 0.50 79.00 10.25 not-consider
287 90000 -3.00 28.36 52.47 20.64 not-consider
289 90000 -4.00 4.37 71.91 22.56 not-consider
24 June 2008 112
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 6.2.18 Determination of the imperfection eccentricity, ea


adjusted adjusted
frame Le ea(mm) ea(mm) frame Le ea(mm) ea(mm)
385 2430 8 20 153 3320 11 20
387 4150 14 20 155 3620 12 20
389 3860 13 20 277 2050 7 20
391 3860 13 20 279 4100 14 20
393 3730 12 20 281 3740 12 20
395 3790 13 20 283 3750 13 20
145 1930 6 20 285 3700 12 20
147 3620 12 20 287 4300 14 20
149 3320 11 20 289 4700 16 20
151 3320 11 20

Table 6.2.19 second order eccentricity e2


Ncr Nsd frame Ncr Nsd Nsd/Ncr σs σsadj.
frame 10^6 10^6 Nsd/Ncr σs σsadj.
385 25.73 1.04 0.04 1.04 1.04 153 2.95 0.10 0.03 1.03 1.03
387 7.43 1.18 0.16 1.19 1.19 155 2.48 0.02 0.01 1.01 1.01
389 7.31 0.92 0.13 1.14 1.14 277 13.85 1.29 0.09 1.10 1.10
391 6.27 0.66 0.11 1.12 1.12 279 3.46 1.23 0.36 1.55 1.33
393 6.71 0.40 0.06 1.06 1.06 281 4.16 1.00 0.24 1.32 1.32
395 4.50 0.14 0.03 1.03 1.03 283 4.14 0.75 0.18 1.22 1.22
145 11.14 0.37 0.03 1.03 1.03 285 3.52 0.51 0.15 1.17 1.17
147 3.17 0.34 0.11 1.12 1.12 287 2.61 0.14 0.05 1.06 1.06
149 3.77 0.26 0.07 1.07 1.07 289 2.18 0.02 0.01 1.01 1.01
151 2.95 0.18 0.06 1.07 1.07

Table 6.2.20 corrected moments for 2nd order effect


c-1) case -1 for comb-1 corrected moments for 2nd order
frame M1x M2x M1y M2y σs M1x M2x M1y M2y Nsd
385 9.17 22.25 2.18 2.51 1.04 9.56 23.18 2.27 2.62 1.04
387 26.36 14 14.6 7 1.19 31.35 16.65 17.35 8.33 1.18
389 40 22.6 24.2 11.6 1.14 45.74 25.84 27.72 13.27 0.92
391 41.23 23.6 23 40.5 1.12 46.07 26.37 25.72 45.26 0.66
393 46.59 43.2 24.5 24.6 1.06 49.54 45.94 26.09 26.16 0.4
395 9.33 29.37 38.8 31.63 1.03 9.64 30.34 40.12 32.68 0.14
145 2.93 0.55 5.8 5.62 1.03 3.03 0.57 6 5.81 0.37
147 3.51 2.4 22 12.4 1.12 3.93 2.69 24.68 13.88 0.34
149 4.48 3.7 26.9 27.12 1.07 4.81 3.98 28.86 29.14 0.26
151 5.15 4.7 29.7 29.18 1.07 5.49 5.01 31.66 31.09 0.18
153 6.03 5.74 30.1 28.3 1.03 6.24 5.94 31.15 29.29 0.1
155 5.01 5.23 9.87 21.9 1.01 5.05 5.27 9.95 22.07 0.02
277 0.58 0.5 1.17 1.55 1.1 0.64 0.55 1.29 1.71 1.29
279 1.27 1.6 8.37 5.36 1.33 1.69 2.13 11.16 7.15 1.23
281 0.74 0.3 11 10.61 1.32 0.97 0.39 14.47 13.95 1

24 June 2008 113


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

283 6.86 4.31 11.6 10.89 1.22 8.39 5.27 14.23 13.31 0.75
285 28.28 10.46 11.9 11.4 1.17 33.1 12.24 13.98 13.34 0.51
287 2.8 28.36 12.9 13 1.06 2.96 29.99 13.62 13.75 0.14
289 3.83 4.37 8.01 9.05 1.01 3.87 4.41 8.08 9.13 0.02

Table 6.2.21 the first order eccentricities at the ends


c-1) case -1 for comb-1

0.6*eo2y+ 0.6*eo2y+
frame eo1y eo2y eo1x eo2x 0.4*eoy1 0.4*eo2y eoy 0.4*eoy1 0.4*eo2y eox
385 9.21 22.35 2.19 2.52 17.09 8.94 17.09 2.39 1.01 2.39
387 26.48 14.07 14.66 7.03 19.03 5.63 19.03 10.08 2.81 10.08
389 49.88 28.18 30.23 14.46 36.86 11.27 36.86 20.77 5.79 20.77
391 69.96 40.05 39.06 68.72 52.01 16.02 52.01 56.86 27.49 56.86
393 123.8 114.81 65.19 65.38 118.41 45.92 118.41 65.3 26.15 65.3
395 66.73 210.06 277.72 226.23 152.73 84.02 152.73 246.82 90.49 246.8
145 8.28 1.55 16.39 15.89 4.25 0.62 4.25 16.09 6.35 16.09
147 11.6 7.93 72.86 40.99 9.4 3.17 9.4 53.74 16.4 53.74
149 18.42 15.21 110.41 111.48 16.49 6.08 16.49 111.06 44.59 111.1
151 30.23 27.58 174.37 171.26 28.64 11.03 28.64 172.5 68.5 172.5
153 62.49 59.48 311.91 293.26 60.68 23.79 60.68 300.72 117.3 300.7
155 266.2 277.92 524.49 1163.76 273.24 111.17 273.24 908.05 465.5 908.1
277 0.49 0.43 1 1.32 0.45 0.17 0.45 1.19 0.53 1.19
279 1.37 1.73 9.04 5.79 1.59 0.69 1.59 7.09 2.32 7.09
281 0.98 0.4 14.51 13.99 0.63 0.16 0.63 14.2 5.6 14.2
283 11.13 6.99 18.88 17.67 8.65 2.8 8.65 18.15 7.07 18.15
285 64.48 23.84 27.22 25.99 40.09 9.54 40.09 26.48 10.4 26.48
287 20.91 211.8 96.19 97.09 135.45 84.72 135.45 96.73 38.84 96.73
289 191.8 218.82 401.08 453.16 208 87.53 208 432.33 181.26 432.3

c-2) case -2 worst case


0.6*eo2y+ 0.6*eo2x+
frame eo1y eo2y eo1x eo2x 0.4*eoy1 0.4*eo2y eoy 0.4*eox1 0.4*eox1 eox
385 0.3 0.7 27.43 35.86 0.54 0.28 0.54 32.49 14.344 32.49
387 20.2 11 45.61 53.71 14.66 4.38 14.66 50.47 21.484 50.47
389 39.3 41.9 40.49 29.68 40.85 16.74 40.85 34 11.872 34
391 52 52.6 41.22 40.37 52.38 21.04 52.38 40.71 16.148 40.71
393 94.6 87.8 36.45 33.19 90.49 35.1 90.49 34.5 13.276 34.5
395 2.29 70.2 206.4 167.5 43.06 28.09 43.06 183.06 67.004 183.06
145 38.9 45.9 6.67 11.45 43.12 18.37 43.12 9.54 4.58 9.54
147 7.34 6.81 142 125.1 7.02 2.72 7.02 131.84 50.04 131.84
149 14 12.2 181.2 180 12.93 4.88 12.93 180.48 71.988 180.48
151 21.9 20.4 252.5 245.5 20.99 8.15 20.99 248.25 98.18 248.25
153 44.3 42 399.7 374.3 42.9 16.79 42.9 384.46 149.716 384.46
155 164 169 756.2 1325 167.05 67.72 167.1 1097.5 530.016 1097.5
277 0.35 0.33 43.19 21.03 0.34 0.13 0.34 29.9 8.412 29.9
279 1 1.29 91.74 96.71 1.17 0.52 1.17 94.72 38.684 94.72
281 0.72 2.12 108.4 7.07 1.56 0.85 1.56 47.62 2.828 47.62

24 June 2008 114


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

283 8.34 5.21 122.4 116.4 6.46 2.08 6.46 118.76 46.544 118.76
285 49.2 17.9 105.7 97.24 30.4 7.14 30.4 100.62 38.896 100.62
287 16 159 194.6 193.5 101.91 63.68 101.9 193.97 77.412 193.97
289 143 161 701.9 701.9 153.94 64.57 153.9 701.87 280.748 701.87

Table 6.2.22 total eccentricity editor and moments


c-1) case -1 for comb-1
Nsd Mdx Mdy
frame eoy eox 10^6 ea ed,totx ed,toty 10^6 10^6
385 17.09 2.39 1.04 20 22.39 37.09 17.73 2.48
387 19.03 10.08 1.18 20 30.08 39.03 22.53 11.94
389 36.86 20.77 0.92 20 40.77 56.86 33.80 19.05

391 52.01 56.86 0.66 20 76.86 72.01 34.25 37.44


393 118.41 65.30 0.40 20 85.30 138.41 47.38 26.13
395 152.73 246.83 0.14 20 266.82 172.73 22.06 35.65
145 4.25 16.09 0.37 20 36.09 24.25 1.55 5.89
147 9.40 53.74 0.34 20 125.74 89.40 3.18 18.20
149 16.49 111.06 0.26 20 131.06 36.49 4.31 29.03
151 28.64 172.50 0.18 20 192.50 48.64 5.20 31.32
153 60.68 300.72 0.10 20 320.72 80.68 6.06 30.04
155 273.24 908.05 0.02 20 928.05 293.24 5.18 17.22
277 0.45 1.19 1.29 20 21.19 20.45 0.59 1.54
279 1.59 7.09 1.23 20 27.09 21.59 1.96 8.75
281 0.63 14.20 1.00 20 34.20 20.63 0.63 14.16
283 8.65 18.15 0.75 20 38.15 28.65 6.52 13.68
285 40.09 26.48 0.51 20 46.48 60.09 20.59 13.60
287 135.45 96.73 0.14 20 116.73 155.45 19.18 13.70
289 208.00 432.33 0.02 20 452.33 228.00 4.19 8.71
2) case -2 worst case
Nsd Mdx Mdy
frame eoy eox 10^6 ea ed,totx ed,toty 10^6 10^6
385 0.54 32.49 1.04 20 52.49 20.54 21.31 54.46

387 14.66 50.47 1.18 20 70.47 34.66 41.04 83.43


389 40.85 34.00 0.92 20 54.00 60.85 55.81 49.52
391 52.38 40.71 0.66 20 60.71 72.38 47.66 39.98
393 90.49 34.50 0.40 20 54.50 110.49 44.21 21.81
395 43.06 183.06 0.14 20 203.06 63.06 9.11 29.33
145 43.12 9.54 0.37 20 29.54 63.12 23.09 10.80
147 7.02 131.84 0.34 20 151.84 27.02 9.15 51.43
149 12.93 180.48 0.26 20 200.48 32.93 8.61 52.41
151 20.99 248.25 0.18 20 268.25 40.99 7.44 48.70
153 42.90 384.46 0.10 20 404.46 62.90 6.28 40.40
24 June 2008 115
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

155 167.05 1097.50 0.02 20 1117.50 187.05 3.55 21.19


277 0.34 29.90 1.29 20 49.90 20.34 26.32 64.58
279 1.17 94.72 1.23 20 114.72 21.17 26.14 141.60
281 1.56 47.62 1.00 20 67.62 21.56 21.50 67.42
283 6.46 118.76 0.75 20 138.76 26.46 19.94 104.57
285 30.40 100.62 0.51 20 120.62 50.40 25.88 61.93
287 101.91 193.97 0.14 20 213.97 121.91 17.26 30.29
289 153.94 701.87 0.02 20 721.87 173.94 3.51 14.55

Table 6.2.23 Reinforcement bars determination


Reinforcements provided according to EBCS-2, 1995 using interaction charts as follows.
Nsd Msdx Msdy
frame Ac(mm2) h(mm) 10^6 10^6 10^6 η µsdx µsdy ω
385 200000 500 1.04 17.73 2.48 0.46 0.02 0.00 0.1
387 180000 450 1.18 22.53 11.94 0.59 0.03 0.01 0.15
389 140000 400 0.92 33.80 19.05 0.59 0.05 0.03 0.14
391 160000 400 0.66 34.25 37.44 0.37 0.05 0.05 0.12
393 140000 350 0.40 47.38 26.13 0.26 0.08 0.05 0.1
395 122500 350 0.14 22.06 35.65 0.11 0.04 0.07 0.1
Msd η µsd ω
145 90000 300 0.37 1.55 5.89 6.77 0.36 0.02 0.1
147 90000 300 0.34 3.18 18.20 20.93 0.34 0.07 0.1
149 90000 300 0.26 4.31 29.03 33.39 0.26 0.11 0.18
151 90000 300 0.18 5.20 31.32 36.01 0.18 0.12 0.18
153 90000 300 0.10 6.06 30.04 34.54 0.10 0.11 0.3
155 90000 300 0.02 5.18 17.22 19.80 0.02 0.07 0.15
η µsdx µsdy ω
277 180000 400 1.29 0.59 1.54 0.64 0.00 0.00 0
279 140000 350 1.23 1.96 8.75 0.79 0.00 0.02 0
281 105000 300 1.00 0.63 14.16 0.85 0.00 0.04 0

283 105000 300 0.75 6.52 13.68 0.64 0.02 0.04 0


285 122500 350 0.51 20.59 13.60 0.38 0.04 0.03 0.1
287 90000 300 0.14 19.18 13.70 0.14 0.06 0.05 0.1
289 90000 300 0.02 4.19 8.71 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.1
Case-2
Nsd Msdx Msdy
frame Ac(mm2) h(mm) 10^6 10^6 10^6 η µsdx µsdy ω
387 180000 450 1.18 41.04 83.43 0.59 0.05 0.09 0.12
389 140000 400 0.92 55.81 49.52 0.59 0.09 0.08 0.21
391 160000 400 0.66 47.66 39.98 0.37 0.07 0.06 0.05
393 140000 350 0.40 44.21 21.81 0.26 0.08 0.04 0.15
24 June 2008 116
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

395 122500 350 0.14 9.11 29.33 0.11 0.02 0.06 0.10
Msd η µsd ω
145 90000 300 0.37 23.09 10.80 0.36 0.08 0.04 0.12
147 90000 300 0.34 9.15 51.43 0.34 0.03 0.17 0.10
149 90000 300 0.26 8.61 52.41 0.26 0.03 0.17 0.08
151 90000 300 0.18 7.44 48.70 0.18 0.02 0.16 0.15
153 90000 300 0.10 6.28 40.40 0.10 0.02 0.13 0.10
155 90000 300 0.02 3.55 21.19 0.02 0.01 0.07 0.05
η µsdx µsdy ω
277 180000 400 1.29 26.32 64.58 0.64 0.03 0.08 0.15
279 140000 350 1.23 26.14 141.60 0.79 0.05 0.26 0.20
281 105000 300 1.00 21.50 67.42 0.85 0.06 0.19 0.50
283 105000 300 0.75 19.94 104.57 0.64 0.06 0.30 0.80
285 122500 350 0.51 25.88 61.93 0.38 0.05 0.13 0.15
287 90000 300 0.14 17.26 30.29 0.14 0.06 0.10 0.20
289 90000 300 0.02 3.51 14.55 0.02 0.01 0.05 0.10

Table 6.2.24 final reinforcements


As No
frame Ac(mm2) w As, calc Amin Asmax provided Ø bars provided
385 200000 0.10 856.37 3600 3600 3600 24 7.96 8
387 180000 0.15 1156.09 3240 3240 3240 20 10.32 8
389 140000 0.21 1258.86 2520 2520 2520 20 8.03 8
391 160000 0.12 822.11 2880 2880 2880 24 6.37 8

393 140000 0.15 899.18 2520 2520 2520 24 5.57 8


395 122500 0.10 524.52 2205 2205 2205 20 7.02 8
145 90000 0.12 462.44 1620 1620 1620 24 3.58 4
147 90000 0.10 385.36 1620 1620 1620 24 3.58 4
149 90000 0.18 693.66 1620 1620 1620 24 3.58 4
151 90000 0.18 693.66 1620 1620 1620 24 3.58 4
153 90000 0.30 1156.09 1620 1620 1620 24 3.58 4
155 90000 0.15 578.05 1620 1620 1620 24 3.58 4
277 180000 0.15 1156.09 3240 3240 3240 28 5.26 6
279 140000 0.20 1198.91 2520 2520 2520 24 5.57 6
281 105000 0.50 2247.96 1890 2248 2247.9588 24 4.97 6
283 105000 0.80 3596.73 1890 3597 3596.734 24 7.95 6
285 122500 0.15 786.79 2205 2205 2205 24 4.88 6
287 90000 0.20 770.73 1620 1620 1620 24 3.58 6
289 90000 0.10 385.36 1620 1620 1620 24 3.58 6

24 June 2008 117


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 6.2.25 transversal bars


Column Ømin b Maximum Spacing Spacing Stirrup
frame spacing calculated provided diameter

385 24 400 300 125.60 125 Ø6


387 20 400 300 96.91 90 Ø6
389 20 400 300 124.60 120 Ø6
391 24 400 300 157.00 155 Ø6
393 24 400 300 179.43 175 Ø6
395 20 350 300 142.40 140 Ø6
145 24 300 300 279.11 275 Ø6
147 24 300 300 279.11 275 Ø6
149 24 300 300 279.11 275 Ø6
151 24 300 300 279.11 275 Ø6
153 24 300 300 279.11 275 ∅6
155 24 300 300 279.11 275 ∅6
277 28 450 300 189.95 185 ∅6
279 24 400 300 179.43 175 ∅6
281 24 350 300 201.14 200 ∅6
283 24 350 300 125.71 125 ∅6
285 24 350 300 205.06 200 ∅6
287 24 300 300 279.11 275 ∅6
289 24 300 300 279.11 275 ∅6

24 June 2008 118


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Chapter 7
FOUNDATION DESIGN
Material data:
Concrete; C-25 steel: S-300
Column size: 300mmx300mm} for exterior
350mmx350mm} for interior
Soil data:
The soil where the structure is to be constructed is sand and gravel of dense. So from EBCS-
7, 1995 the bearing resistance of the soil is 560kpa. But the width of the foundation should not be
less than 1.0m
σ ult=560kpa using factor of safety 1.5, σ all=560/1.5=373.33kpa
7.0 Proportioning of Footing
A, Proportioning for the plan area (BxL)

Table 7.1 SAP result &proportioning of footing for both methods Coefficient method

Joint Output P My Mx eB eL σ all L B B=L Governing


Text Case KN KN-m KN-m m m KPA m m m COMB
1 COMB1 545.4 1.113 2.8789 0.002 0.0053 373.33 1.23 1.23 1.23
1 COMB2 500.94 1.505 28.689 0.003 0.0573 373.33 1.309 1.309 1.31 COMB2
2 COMB1 1089.8 1.191 0.4025 0.0011 0.0004 373.33 1.713 1.713 1.71 COMB1
2 COMB2 903.93 3.927 23.623 0.0043 0.0261 373.33 1.64 1.64 1.64
3 COMB1 660.68 2.504 5.6291 0.0038 0.0085 373.33 1.366 1.366 1.37
3 COMB2 567.97 4.114 25.46 0.0072 0.0448 373.33 1.367 1.367 1.37 COMB2
4 COMB1 390.15 5.064 0.7254 0.013 0.0019 373.33 1.064 1.064 1.06
4 COMB2 376.64 3.636 16.38 0.0097 0.0435 373.33 1.137 1.137 1.14 COMB2
5 COMB5 500.1 20.31 0.2177 0.0406 0.0004 373.33 1.265 1.265 1.27 COMB5
6 COMB1 936.25 3.555 4.8241 0.0038 0.0052 373.33 1.61 1.61 1.61
6 COMB2 855.96 1.153 50.206 0.0013 0.0587 373.33 1.669 1.669 1.67 COMB2
7 COMB1 1836.4 0.61 0.3989 0.0003 0.0002 373.33 2.219 2.219 2.22 COMB1

24 June 2008 119


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

8 COMB1 1447.6 0.85 1.3847 0.0006 0.001 373.33 1.974 1.974 1.97 COMB1
9 COMB2 727.5 5.109 48.578 0.007 0.0668 373.33 1.58 1.58 1.58 COMB2
9 COMB4 657.24 47.78 0.6693 0.0727 0.001 373.33 1.509 1.509 1.51
10 COMB5 511.41 21.02 0.2238 0.0411 0.0004 373.33 1.279 1.279 1.28 COMB5
11 COMB1 969.47 4.783 1.2331 0.0049 0.0013 373.33 1.63 1.63 1.63
11 COMB3 878.22 2.548 52.912 0.0029 0.0602 373.33 1.696 1.696 1.7 COMB3
12 COMB1 1897.6 1.6 2.5891 0.0008 0.0014 373.33 2.261 2.261 2.26 COMB1
13 COMB1 1826.9 2.161 0.0299 0.0012 2E-05 373.33 2.216 2.216 2.22 COMB1
13 COMB5 1460.6 53.72 0.6083 0.0368 0.0004 373.33 2.081 2.081 2.08
14 COMB1 895.63 5.44 0.064 0.0061 7E-05 373.33 1.567 1.567 1.57
14 COMB3 869.95 4.611 56.04 0.0053 0.0644 373.33 1.704 1.704 1.7 COMB3
15 COMB1 605.5 5.925 4.6217 0.0098 0.0076 373.33 1.323 1.323 1.32

15 COMB3 548.29 2.916 30.016 0.0053 0.0547 373.33 1.363 1.363 1.36 COMB3
16 COMB1 1269 0.261 1.0549 0.0002 0.0008 373.33 1.847 1.847 1.85 COMB1
17 COMB1 1142.9 3.968 0.7466 0.0035 0.0007 373.33 1.762 1.762 1.76 COMB1
18 COMB4 463.82 30.96 0.9856 0.0668 0.0021 373.33 1.282 1.282 1.28 COMB4
Joint Output P My Mx ea eb σ all L B B strip
Text Case KN KN-m KN-m m m KPA m m m method
1 COMB1 579.72 0.96 2.5708 0.0017 0.0044 373.33 1.264 1.264 1.26
1 COMB2 526.68 1.62 28.458 0.0031 0.054 373.33 1.332 1.332 1.33 COMB2
2 COMB1 1219.8 1.379 1.1664 0.0011 0.001 373.33 1.814 1.814 1.81 COMB1
2 COMB2 1001.4 4.068 23.05 0.0041 0.023 373.33 1.714 1.714 1.71
3 COMB1 737.71 2.695 6.2322 0.0037 0.0084 373.33 1.441 1.441 1.44 COMB1
3 COMB2 625.75 4.258 25.912 0.0068 0.0414 373.33 1.42 1.42 1.42
4 COMB1 369.48 5.661 0.5734 0.0153 0.0016 373.33 1.042 1.042 1.04
4 COMB2 361.13 4.084 16.266 0.0113 0.045 373.33 1.122 1.122 1.12 COMB2
5 COMB5 481.61 20.13 0.2168 0.0418 0.0005 373.33 1.246 1.246 1.25 COMB5
6 COMB1 834.55 3.219 4.9362 0.0039 0.0059 373.33 1.524 1.524 1.52
6 COMB2 779.68 0.901 50.122 0.0012 0.0643 373.33 1.612 1.612 1.61 COMB2
7 COMB1 1639.1 0.607 0.0675 0.0004 4E-05 373.33 2.097 2.097 2.1 COMB1
8 COMB1 1374.8 0.944 1.3471 0.0007 0.001 373.33 1.924 1.924 1.92 COMB1
9 COMB2 742.45 4.873 48.463 0.0066 0.0653 373.33 1.59 1.59 1.59 COMB2
9 COMB4 672.19 47.54 0.5541 0.0707 0.0008 373.33 1.52 1.52 1.52
10 COMB5 487.06 20.89 0.2316 0.0429 0.0005 373.33 1.255 1.255 1.26 COMB5
11 COMB1 833.08 4.842 1.0517 0.0058 0.0013 373.33 1.515 1.515 1.51
11 COMB3 775.93 2.591 53.048 0.0033 0.0684 373.33 1.622 1.622 1.62 COMB3
12 COMB1 1630.8 1.536 2.5099 0.0009 0.0015 373.33 2.097 2.097 2.1 COMB1
13 COMB3 1385 1.873 44.101 0.0014 0.0318 373.33 2.019 2.019 2.02 COMB3
13 COMB5 1328.9 54.61 0.2544 0.0411 0.0002 373.33 2 2 2
14 COMB1 905.83 5.12 0.1991 0.0057 0.0002 373.33 1.575 1.575 1.58
14 COMB3 877.6 4.371 56.141 0.005 0.064 373.33 1.709 1.709 1.71 COMB3
15 COMB1 498.17 7.175 4.6187 0.0144 0.0093 373.33 1.221 1.221 1.22
15 COMB3 467.8 3.853 30.014 0.0082 0.0642 373.33 1.294 1.294 1.29 COMB3
16 COMB1 1339.5 0.923 0.575 0.0007 0.0004 373.33 1.898 1.898 1.9 COMB1
17 COMB3 1049.4 2.604 22.195 0.0025 0.0212 373.33 1.743 1.743 1.74 COMB3
18 COMB1 541.73 4.652 2.0701 0.0086 0.0038 373.33 1.24 1.24 1.24
18 COMB4 526.84 33.08 0.6831 0.0628 0.0013 373.33 1.347 1.347 1.35 COMB4

24 June 2008 120


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

B, Check for maximum & minimum stress

Table 7.2 σ min & σ max for coefficient method


Joint Output P My Mx ea eb σ all B=L Coefficient method
Text Case KN KN-m KN-m m m KPA m σ min σ1 σ2 σ max
2 COMB1 1090 1.191 0.4025 0.00109 0.00037 373.33 1.71 369.53 370.49 372.37 373.33
3 COMB2 568 4.114 25.46 0.00724 0.04483 373.33 1.37 234.44 354.01 253.76 373.33
12 COMB1 1898 1.6 2.5891 0.00084 0.00136 373.33 2.26 368.98 371.67 370.64 373.33
15 COMB3 548.3 2.916 30.016 0.00532 0.05474 373.33 1.36 217.17 359.50 231.00 373.33
16 COMB1 1269 0.261 1.0549 0.00021 0.00083 373.33 1.85 370.82 372.83 371.32 373.33
18 COMB4 463.8 30.96 0.9856 0.06676 0.00212 373.33 1.28 191.27 196.89 367.71 373.33

Table 7.3 σ min & σ max for strip method


Joint Output P My Mx ea eb σ all B=L
Text Case KN KN-m KN-m m m KPA m Strip method
6 COMB2 779.7 0.901 50.122 0.00116 0.06428 373.33 1.61 227.06 370.75 229.64 373.33
7 COMB1 1639 0.607 0.0675 0.00037 0.00004 373.33 2.10 372.45 372.54 373.24 373.33
8 COMB1 1375 0.944 1.3471 0.00069 0.00098 373.33 1.92 369.47 371.74 371.06 373.33
15 COMB3 467.8 3.853 30.014 0.00824 0.06416 373.33 1.29 185.65 351.98 207.00 373.33
16 COMB1 1340 0.923 0.575 0.00069 0.00043 373.33 1.90 370.70 371.71 372.32 373.33
18 COMB4 526.8 33.08 0.6831 0.06280 0.00130 373.33 1.35 207.49 210.85 369.98 373.33

From the above table since σ max= σ all & dmin>0 the plan dimension (BxL) provided above is
safe against over stress and tension.

24 June 2008 121


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

7.1 Depth of footing determination


i) Punching Shear; the critical punching shear is at d/2 distance from the face of the columns.
So the stress distribution and location the critical punching are as shown below.

¾ Acting punching shear (Pp)


Pp=Pd-(B’+d) σ .aver where, σ .aver= ( σ 1+ σ 2+ σ min+ σ max)/4
¾ Area of punching (Ap)
Ap= (B’+d) 4d
¾ Punching stress (Up)

¾ Punching resistance (Ucp), Ucp=0.5fctd (1+50 ρ )

Ucp=0.5*1.0315*(1+50*0.002) =567.3kpa. But Ucp>= Up

D=d + concrete cover (cc) use cc=0.050, D=d+0.05


iii) Wide Beam Shear; The critical wide beam shear is at d distance from the face of the
footing column

24 June 2008 122


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

¾ Acting wide beam stress (Vp)

Vp= (B/2-B’/2-d)*L* σ ’B or Vp= (L/2-L’/2-d)*B* σ ’L


¾ Resistance for wide beam shear stress (Ucw)
Ucw=0.3*fctd (1+50 ρ )
Note; we have determine the depth from punching shear but this depth may not be sufficient for
wide beam. So we should have to check for Ucw >Vp for both direction. Depth determination for
punching and checking for wide beam are as show below table.

Table 7.4 punching and wide beam shear


Joint Output P My Mx Coefficient method
Text Case KN KN-m KN-m σ ave Ucp B' d σ Vp1 Vp2 Ucw
2 COMB1 1090 1.191 0.4025 371.428 567.3 0.3 0.48 0.53 101.18 141.85 340.40
3 COMB2 568 4.114 25.46 303.886 567.3 0.3 0.32 0.37 80.22 90.50 340.40
12 COMB1 1898 1.6 2.5891 371.156 567.3 0.35 0.65 0.70 141.47 247.28 340.40
15 COMB3 548.3 2.916 30.016 295.25 567.3 0.3 0.31 0.36 79.39 88.94 340.40
16 COMB1 1269 0.261 1.0549 372.076 567.3 0.3 0.53 0.58 110.50 164.65 340.40
18 COMB4 463.8 30.96 0.9856 282.302 567.3 0.3 0.28 0.33 86.71 92.25 340.40

Table 7.5 punching and wide beam shear


Joint Output P My Mx Strip method
Text Case KN KN-m KN-m σ ave Ucp B' d σ Vp1 Vp2 Ucw
6 COMB2 779.7 0.901 50.122 300.193 567.3 0.35 0.38 0.43 95.91 123.30 340.40
7 COMB1 1639 0.607 0.0675 372.891 567.3 0.35 0.60 0.65 128.59 212.14 340.40
8 COMB1 1375 0.944 1.3471 371.399 567.3 0.35 0.54 0.59 115.95 178.59 340.40
15 COMB3 467.8 3.853 30.014 279.489 567.3 0.3 0.28 0.33 74.63 79.56 340.40
16 COMB1 1340 0.923 0.575 372.014 567.3 0.3 0.55 0.60 114.28 174.07 340.40
18 COMB4 526.8 33.08 0.6831 290.412 567.3 0.3 0.31 0.36 90.82 101.27 340.40

As we see from the above table Vp is less than Ucw in both direction. So the depth provide for
punching is safe. Using the governing COMB for each depth of footing.

24 June 2008 123


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

7.2 Reinforcement
The critical section for moment is at the face of the column. So we should calculate the design
moment at the critical section (face of the column).

i) Design moment
The design moment for both directions is calculated
Md, B= σ ’’B*((B/2-B’/2) 2)/2
Md, L= σ ’’L*((L/2-L’/2)2)/2
ii)Reinforcements
Design constants: For C-25 & S-300
C1=0.0867 C2=3003 take b=1000mm

Then As= ρ * b* d & Spacing (S) =as*1000/As


All the calculations are using table.

Table 7.6 reinforcement for Coefficient method


Joint L=B MdB MdL ρ ρ As As S, B S, L S,B S,L
Text m kNm kNm B L B B Calculated Calculated Provide Provide
2 1.71 92.77 92.87 0.0015 0.0015 746.74 747.54 206.04 205.82 Ø14 c/c200 Ø14 c/c200
3 1.37 47.66 44.88 0.0018 0.0017 581.56 546.89 264.56 281.34 Ø14 c/c260 Ø14 c/c280
12 2.26 169.79 169.69 0.0015 0.0015 999.96 999.36 153.87 153.96 Ø14 c/c150 Ø14 c/c150
15 1.36 46.81 43.28 0.0019 0.0017 583.49 538.49 263.69 285.72 Ø14 c/c260 Ø14 c/c280
16 1.85 111.43 111.34 0.0015 0.0015 813.11 812.40 189.23 189.39 Ø14 c/c180 Ø14 c/c180
18 1.28 35.43 39.37 0.0018 0.0020 494.05 550.31 311.42 279.59 Ø14 c/c300 Ø14 c/c270

24 June 2008 124


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Table 7.7 reinforcement for Strip method


Joint L=B MdB MdL ρ ρ As As S, B S, L S,B S,L
Text m kNm kNm B L B B Calculated Calculated Provide Provide
6 1.61 66.90 61.41 0.0018 0.0017 694.50 636.31 221.54 241.80 Ø14 c/c220 Ø14 c/c240
7 2.10 142.21 142.27 0.0015 0.0015 920.12 920.49 167.22 167.15 Ø14 c/c160 Ø14 c/c160
8 1.92 115.21 115.16 0.0016 0.0016 835.43 835.11 184.17 184.24 Ø14 c/c180 Ø14 c/c180
15 1.29 39.79 36.35 0.0020 0.0018 551.83 503.14 278.82 305.80 Ø14 c/c270 Ø14 c/c300
16 1.90 118.78 118.82 0.0015 0.0015 837.34 837.63 183.75 183.68 Ø14 c/c180 Ø14 c/c180
18 1.35 41.14 45.38 0.0017 0.0019 525.39 580.72 292.85 264.95 Ø14 c/c290 Ø14 c/c260

Since construction of each footing considering different reinforcement spacing for the two
direction, taking each depth and length (L&B) is difficult for supper vision let’s categorize the
footing as shown below.
Table 7.7 Grouping for coefficient method
Footing Name Group member Plan area Depth provide Reinforcement provide
(mxm) (cm)
F1 7,8,12,,13 2.3x2.3 70 Ø14c/c150mm
F2 14,16,17 2.0x2.0 65 Ø14c/c180mm
F3 2,6,9 1.8x1.8 60 Ø14c/c210mm
F4 3,11 1.6x1.6 50 Ø14c/c240mm
F5 1,5,10,15 1.4x1.4 40 Ø14c/c270mm
F6 4,18 1.2x1.2 35 Ø14c/c300mm

Table 7.7 Grouping Using strip method


Footing Name Group member Plan area Depth provide Reinforcement provide
(mxm) (m)
F1 7,12,13 2.3x2.3 70 Ø14c/c150mm
F2 2,8,14,16,17 2.0x2.0 65 Ø14c/c180mm
F3 7,9 1.8x1.8 60 Ø14c/c210mm
F4 3,11 1.6x1.6 50 Ø14c/c240mm
F5 1,5,10,15 1.4x1.4 40 Ø14c/c270mm
F6 4,18 1.2x1.2 35 Ø14c/c300mm

24 June 2008 125


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Chapter 8
COST COMPARISON

Considering each element of the frame structure the total quantity of concrete & reinforcement
including there cost is summarized in tabular form as shown below.

quantity quantity unit total amount in birr cost % of Qty % of birr

description Element coefficient strip price coefficient strip difference saved saved
beam 82.4588 82.4588 1300 107196.44 107196.4 0 0.00 0.00
concrete
column 43.358875 40.0405 1300 56366.5375 52052.65 4313.89 7.65 7.65
slab 101.153 101.153 1300 131498.9 131498.9 0.00 0.00 0.00
footing 35.148 34.701 1300 45692.4 45111.3 581.10 1.27 1.27
total 262.1187 258.353 340754.2775 335859.3 4894.99 1.44 1.44
beam 10508.19 9965.42 26 273212.9816 259101 14111.98 5.17 5.17
reinforcement
column 13984.96 13006.57 26 363608.96 338170.8 25438.14 7.00 7.00
slab 7464.745 5831.3 26 194083.3778 151613.9 42469.47 21.88 21.88
footing 1262.678 1231.51 26 32829.63476 32019.34 810.30 2.47 2.47
Total 33220.5752 30034.81 863734.9542 780905.1 82829.88 9.59 9.59
Total cost in
(Birr) 1204489.2 1116764 87724.86 7.28

Conclusion and recommendation

Since our main objective is to compare cost between building design using coefficient and strip
method analysis of slab. Referring the above summery table, the total quantity of concrete in the
design using coefficient and strip are 262.12m3 and 258.35m3 respectively. So 1.44% of concrete
which is design by coefficient method will be saved if we use a strip method of slab analysis.

And the total quantity of reinforcement in the design using coefficient and strip methods are
33220.5752Kg & 30034.81Kg respectively. So 9.59% of reinforcement which are obtained using
coefficient method will be saved by using strip method analysis. As you see from the above table
the greater contribution for this percentage difference is from slab.

Generally, the total cost for the structural elements for both concrete and reinforcement is greater
in coefficient than strip method of slab analysis. So 7.28% of the total cost for structural member
(slab, beam, column and footing) of coefficient method will be saved when we use strip method
of slab analysis.
24 June 2008 126
Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

Finally, we can conclude that a building which is design using strip method of slab analysis is
much more economical than coefficient method slab analysis. This is due to considering accurate
load dispersion on slab & load transfer to the frames. But when we came to safety & difficulty
during supervision coefficient method is more conservative and simple for supervision specially
during placing of slab reinforcement than strip method.

24 June 2008 127


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. T.J. MACGINLEY & B.S. CHOO (1990) Reinforced concrete Design theory
&Examples, 2nd edition, Spon press, New York
2. JAMES AMBROSE (1993) Building structures, 2nd edition
3. M.Y.H. BANGASH (1992) Structural Details in concrete, 1st edition, Black well
scientific publication.
4. CHANAKYA ARYA (1993) Design of structural elements, 1st edition ,E&FN Spon
publication, London
5. EBCS-1,1995, EBCS-2,1995, EBCS-7,1995, EBCS-8,1995

24 June 2008 128


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

24 June 2008 129


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

24 June 2008 130


Design of G+4 Building Using coefficient and Strip and cost comparison

24 June 2008 131

Вам также может понравиться